IR 05000424/2017301: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
Line 1: Line 1:
{{Adams
{{Adams
| number = ML17289A233
| number = ML18057B483
| issue date = 10/13/2017
| issue date = 02/26/2018
| title = NRC Examination Report 05000424/2017301 and 05000425/2017301
| title = 05000424/2017301 and 05000425/2017301 Exam Administrative Items 2C - Delay Release 2 Yrs
| author name = Guthrie E
| author name =  
| author affiliation = NRC/RGN-II/DRS
| author affiliation = NRC/RGN-II
| addressee name = Myers D
| addressee name =  
| addressee affiliation = Southern Nuclear Operating Co, Inc
| addressee affiliation =  
| docket = 05000424, 05000425
| docket = 05000424, 05000425
| license number = NPF-068, NPF-081
| license number =  
| contact person =  
| contact person =  
| document report number = 50-424/17-301, 50-425/17-301
| document type = License-Operator, Part 55 Examination Related Material
| document type = Letter, License-Operator Examination Report
| page count = 98
| page count = 9
}}
}}


Line 18: Line 17:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:ber 13, 2017
{{#Wiki_filter:I ES-201  Examination Preparation Checklist  Form ES-201-1 Facility: V0&IL_1 0/    Date of Examination: xli 12o I Developed by: Written: Facility NRC If Operating Facility NRC Target  Task Description (Reference)  Examiners Date*
Initials Examination administration date confirmed (Cia; C2ab). For NRC-prepared exams, 240 arrangements are made for the facility to submit reference materials (C.1 .e; C.3.c; Attachment 3).


==SUBJECT:==
-210 NRC examiners and facility contact assigned (C.1.d; C.2.f). Facility contact briefed on security and other requirements (C2.c). As applicable, the facility-210 contact submits to the NRC any prescreened K/As for elimination from the written examination outline, with a_description_of the_facilitys_prescreening_process_(ES-401, 0. 1 .b).
VOGTLE ELECTRIC GENERATING PLANT UNITS 1 AND 2 - NRC EXAMINATION REPORT NOS. 05000424/2017301, 05000425/2017301


==Dear Mr. Myers:==
-210 Reference material due for NRC-prepared exams (C.1.e; C.3.c; Attachment 3).
During the period May 8-17, 2017, the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) administered operating tests to employees of your company who had applied for licenses to operate the Vogtle Electric Generating Plant Units 1 and 2. At the conclusion of the tests, the examiners discussed preliminary findings related to the written and operating tests with those members of your staff identified in the enclosed report. The written examination was administered by your staff on May 25, 2017 and September 7, 2017.


All (six Reactor Operator (RO) and eight Senior Reactor Operator (SRO)) applicants passed both the operating test and written examination.
-210 Corporate notification letter sent (C.2.e). NRC-developed written examination outline (ES-401-1/2 or ES-401N-1?2 and ES-401-3 or-195 ES-401N-3) sent to facility contact (must be on the exam security agreement) (C.1.ef: C.2.h; C.3.d-e). Operating test outline(s) and other checklists due, including Forms ES-201-2, ES-201-3, ES-301-1, 150 ES-301-2, ES-301-5, and ES-D-1, as applicable (C.1.ef; C.3.de).


There were no post-examination comments.
2t.i(. Operating test outline(s) reviewed by the NRC and feedback provided to facility licensee (C.2.h; 136 C3.d-e). Proposed examinations (written, ]PMs, and scenarios, as applicable) and outlines (Forms ES-301-1, ES-301-2, ES-D-1, ES-401-1/2 or ES-401N-1/2, and ES-401-3 orES-401N-3);
-75 supporting documentation (including Forms ES-301-3, ES-301-4, ES-301-5. ES-301-6, ES-401-6, ES-401N-6, and any Form ES-201-2 and ES-201-3 updates); and reference materials due (C.1.e-h:C.3d). :7c_4,f 1i)
10. Examinations prepared by the F are approved bjthe NRC supervisor and forwarded for facility licensee review (Cli; C.2.h; C.3.fg).


A Simulator Fidelity Report is included in this report as Enclosure 2.
-60 11. Preliminary waiver/excusal requests due (C.1.m; C.2.c; ES-202).


The initial examination submittal was within the range of acceptability expected for a proposed examination. All examination changes agreed upon between the NRC and your staff were made according to NUREG-1021, "Operator Licensing Examination Standards for Power Reactors," Revision 10.
-50 12. Written exam and operating test reviews completed (C.3.f).


In accordance with 10 CFR 2.390 of the NRC's "Rules of Practice," a copy of this letter and its enclosures will be available electronically for public inspection in the NRC Public Document Room or from the Publicly Available Records (PARS) component of the NRC's document system (ADAMS). ADAMS is accessible from the NRC Website at http://www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/adams.html. If you have any questions concerning this letter, please contact me at (404) 997- 4662.
L.4Mt 13. Examination review results discussed between the NRC and facility licensee (C.1 .i; C.1 kI; C.2.h; C3.g). The NRC and the facility licensee conduct exam preparatory wee . Preliminary license applications and waiver/excusal requests, as applicable (NRC Form 398) due-30 (C.i.m; C2.i: ES-202).


Sincerely,
15. Final license applications and waiver/excusal requests, as applicable (NRC Form 398), due and
/RA/ Eugene F. Guthrie, Chief Operations Branch 2 Division of Reactor Safety Docket Nos: 50-424, 50-425


License Nos: NPF-68, NPF-81
Form ES-201-4 prepared (C.1.m: C.2.k; ES-202).


===Enclosures:===
-7 16. Written examinations and operating tests approved by the NRC supervisor (C.2.jk; C.3.h). AtL-7 17. Request facility licensee management feedback on the examination (C.2.l).
1. Report Details 2. Simulator Fidelity Report


REGION II==
18. Final applications reviewed: one or two (if more than 10) applications audited to confirm-7 qualifications/eligibility; and examination approval and waiver/excusal letters sent (C.2.k; Attachment 5: ES-202, C.3.j; ES-204).


Docket No.: 50-424, 50-425
-7 19. Proctoring/written exam administration guidelines reviewed with facility licensee (C.3.k).


License No.: NPF-68, NPF-81
-7 20. Approved scenarios and job performance measures distributed to NRC examiners fC.3.i).


Report No.: 05000424/2017301 and 05000425/2017301
Target dates are based on facility-prepared examinations and the examination date identified in the corporate notification lette These dates are for planning purposes and may be adjusted on a case-by-case basis in coordination with the facility license ES-201, Page 29 of 32


Licensee: Southern Nuclear Operating Company, Inc.
ES-207  Examination Outline Quality Checklist  Form ES-201-2 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2    Date of Examination: 05/08/2017 Initials Item    Task Description a b* c# Verify that the outline(s) fit(s) the appropriate model, in accordance with ES-401 or ES-401 ML b. Assess whether the outline was systematically and randomly prepared in accordance with  c Section D.1 of ES-401 or ES-401N and whether all K/A categories are appropriately sample Y T
c. Assess whether the outline over-emphasizes any systems, evolutions, or generic topic I N d. Assess whether the justifications for deselected or rejected K/A statements are appropriat it Using Form ES-301 -5, verify that the proposed scenario sets cover the required number of normal evolutions, instrument and component failures, technical specifications, and major S transient M b. Assess whether there are enough scenario sets (and spares) to test the projected number and u mix of applicants in accordance with the expected crew composition and rotation schedule L without compromising exam integrity, and ensure that each applicant can be tested using at A least one new or significantly modified scenario, that no scenarios are duplicated from the T applicants audit test(s), and that scenarios will not be repeated on subsequent day c. To the extent possible, assess whether the outline(s) conform(s) with the qualitative and quantitative criteria specified on Form ES-301-4 and described in Appendix . a. Verify that the systems walk-through outline meets the criteria specified on Form ES-301-2:
  (1) the outline(s) contain(s) the required number of control room and in-plant tasks distributed W  among the safety functions as specified on the form A (2) task repetition from the last two NRC examinations is within the limits specified on the form L (3) no tasks are duplicated from the applicants audit test(s)
K (4) the number of new or modified tasks meets or exceeds the minimums specified on the form (5) the number of alternate path, low-power, emergency, and RCA tasks meet the criteria on T  the for H R b. Verify that the administrative outline meets the criteria specified on Form ES-301 -1:
o (1) the tasks are distributed among the topics as specified on the form U (2) at least one task is new or significantly modified G (3) no more than one task is repeated from the last two NRC licensing examinations H Determine if there are enough different outlines to test the projected number and mix of applicants and ensure that no items are duplicated on subsequent day . Assess whether plant-specific priorities (including PRA and IPE insights) are covered in the appropriate exam section .b A4L b. Assess whether the 10 CFR 55.41/43 and 55.45 sampling is appropriat Ensure that K/A importance ratings (except for plant-specific priorities) are at least t- Pit R d. Check for duplication and overlap among exam section .
L e. Check the entire exam for balance of coverag f. Assess whether the exam fits the appropriate job level (RO or SRO). 7
  .._ Printed Name/Si pre2    Date a. Author  t#- C i Z? / 7 b. Facility Reviewer (*)  )en 34-k Is c. NRC Chief Examiner (#) 1_C4df A4na t7 d. NRCSupervisor  (1vr.z/  i Note:  # Independent NRC reviewer initial items in Column c; chief examiner concurrence require *
Not applicable for NRC-prepared examination outline ES-207  Examination Outline Quality Checklist  Form ES-201-2 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2    Date of Examination: 09/07/2017 Initials Item    Task Description   
        * a b* c# Verify that the outline(s) fit(s) the appropriate model, in accordance with ES-401 or ES-401 ,
b. Assess whether the outline was systematically and randomly prepared in accordance with T Section D.1 of ES-401 or ES-401 N and whether all K/A categories are appropriately sample c. Assess whether the outline over-emphasizes any systems, evolutions, or generic topic A4(
N d. Assess whether the justifications for deselected or rejected K/A statements are appropriat P a. Using Form ES-301 -5, verify that the proposed scenario sets cover the required number of normal evolutions, instrument and component failures, technical specifications, and major S transient M b. Assess whether there are enough scenario sets (and spares) to test the projected number and u mix of applicants in accordance with the expected crew composition and rotation schedule L without compromising exam integrity, and ensure that each applicant can be tested using at A least one new or significantly modified scenario, that no scenarios are duplicated from the T applicants audit test(s), and that scenarios will not be repeated on subsequent day c. To the extent possible, assess whether the outline(s) conform(s) with the qualitative and quantitative criteria specified on Form ES-301-4 and described in Appendix . a. Verify that the systems walk-through outline meets the criteria specified on Form ES-301 -2:
  (1) the outline(s) contain(s) the required number of control room and in-plant tasks distributed W  among the safety functions as specified on the form A (2) task repetition from the last two NRC examinations is within the limits specified on the form L (3) no tasks are duplicated from the applicants audit test(s)    N A K (4) the number of new or modified tasks meets or exceeds the minimums specified on the form (5) the number of alternate path, low-power, emergency, and RCA tasks meet the criteria on T  the for H R b. Verify that the administrative outline meets the criteria specified on Form ES-301 -1:
j (1) the tasks are distributed among the topics as specified on the form U (2) at least one task is new or significantly modified G (3) no more than one task is repeated from the last two NRC licensing examinations H
c. Determine if there are enough different outlines to test the projected number and mix of applicants and ensure that no items are duplicated on subsequent day . a. Assess whether plant-specific priorities (including PRA and IPE insights) are covered in the appropriate exam section G E b. Assess whether the 10 CFR 55.41/43 and 55.45 sampling is appropriat c. Ensure that K/A importance ratings (except for plant-specific priorities) are at least A,(
R d. Check for duplication and overlap among exam section L e. Check the entire exam for balance of coverag ,
f. Assess whether the exam fits the appropriate job level (RO or SRO). fl Printed Name/Sinat    Date Author  .
M / Facility Reviewer (*)      7 NRC Chief Examiner (#)    -
        /25//7 NRC Supervisor  &5J--- içi(V Ei4S (
Note:  # Independent NRC reviewer initial items in Column c; chief examiner concurrence require *
Not applicable for NRC-prepared examination outline (Revision 10)


Facility: Vogtle Electric Generating Plant Units 1 and 2  
____
_____
____
___
____
____
____
____
___
___
____
____
___
____
____
___
p ES-201    Examination Security Agreement    Form ES-201-3 Pre-Examination I acknowledge that I have acquired specialized knowledge about the NRC licensing examinations scheduled forthe week(s) of sf 1i7_ 5f/(g as of the date of my signature. I agree that I will not knowingly divulge any information about these examinations to any persons who have not been authrized by the NRC chief examiner. I understand that I am not to instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants scheduled to be administered these licensing examinations from this date until completion of examination administration, except as specifically noted below and authorized by the NRC (e.g., acting as a simulator booth operator or communicator is acceptable if the individual does not select the training content or provide direct or indirect feedback). Furthermore, I am aware of the physical security measures and requirements (as documented in the facility licensees procedures) and understand that violation of the conditions of this agreement may result in cancellation of the examinations and/or an enforcement action against me or the facility licensee. I will immediately report to facility management or the NRC chief examiner any indications or suggestions that examination security may have been compromise . Post-Examination m To the best of my npwledge, I did not ci)  divulge to any unauthorized persons any information concerning the NRC licensing examinations administered during N) the week(s) of Sf If P?5/2q(7 From the date that I entered into this security agreement until the completion of examination administration, I did not 0 instruct, evaluate,
-k  or provide performance feedback to those applicants who were administered these licensing examinations, except as specifically below          noted-ti and authorized by the NR Q)
CD CD PRINTED NAME  JOB TITLE / RESPONSIBILITY  SIGNATURE (1) DATE SI,NATURE(2) DATE NOTE !Jcws  sc    I2I/ffSJY1S-.-
co 3* L4      ?-?2t t)
A7f    i..2J/)4 %ht%dc      - --. F iL  1%t*r 5uP?)trr  77 JA  2A- vi% itio  pp  eq  17.3 t tip I lnij VJ) ( /i/
1z-27- . i,c t2J:ckju, o.\a-) fl1c%A,._S v pJr tclI (3)
1 z.a!
12.(\\..... C    c6J  5J3./P (.-,,I1._-3LJ_----
13. . ,4ftrtt-t  s 14. i<ckO :-
3k/i7 Ae(J 6/s-/ri 1 t/rk&t/
        *3hJt7 A--P 3,.2,,f7 NOTES:
C3-.-&#xd8;Q-?-\  (0J - ,, er 3 S ()


Location: Waynesboro, GA 30830
_____
_____
_____
_____
_____
_____
_____ _______
_____
_____
_____
_____
_____
___
__
____
___
__ ______
_____
______
___
___
____
____
____
_____
______
____
______
___
____
___
____
____
_____
____
____
p ES-201 Examination Security Agreement Form ES-201-3 Pre-Examination I acknowledge that I have acquired specialized knowledge about the NRC licensing examinations scheduled for the week(s) of 5(( (t tJtc/ (7 as of the date of my signature. I agree that I will not knowingly divulge any information about these examinations to any persons who have nbt been authbrized NRC chief examiner. I understand that I am not to instruct, evaluate,      by the or provide performance feedback to those applicants scheduled to be administered these licensing examinations from this date until completion of examination administration, except as specifically noted below and authorized by the NRC (e.g., acting as a simulator booth operator or communicator acceptable if the is  individual does not select the training content or provide direct or indirect feedback). Furthermore, I am aware of the physical security measures and requirements (as documented in the facility licensees procedures) and understand that violation of the conditions of this agreement may result cancellation in of the examinations and/or an enforcement action against me or the facility licensee. I will immediately report to facility management or the NRC chief examiner any indications or suggestions that examination security may have been compromise . Post-Examination m
0) To the best of my npwledge, I did not divulge to any unauthorized persons any information concerning the NRC licensing examinations administered the week(s) of Sf i75/at.fr7 From the date that I entered into this security agreement until the completion  during 0 instruct, evaluate, i(      of examination administration, I did not or provide performance feedback to those applicants who were administered these licensing examinations, except as specifically noted below and authorized by the NR u (a 0 PRINTED NAME JOB TITLE / RESPONSIBILITY GNATU    DATE NOTE 1.____
_____
_____
cL&#xe9;i(L O INSY      5% (t ?i b4 0 3* AN  pc&#xe7; (Li1 (+/-)
  .
J&15  %T        (i.)


Dates: Operating Test - May 8-17, 2017 Written Examination - May 25, 2017 September 7, 2017
4. Cri oori tJ/ /.T tMi  5J9 ctl./,7 CN fJP1 c7t*      r/.w,, (i 6CQL4  iW- -&:4 (&#xe7;r
  -
  .. Cii -..-ry      $Y:4?4, C)
8._\5  CCi 9. 1 fL11) Prr  l,OtAl
          *c?S 10. MA-i-7. #edS1kI        /1t, ti C
      -    5fto)i7 1 .
1 .
  -
NOTES:
(0 r--j  0F o-rm %{  . i3 KJf LJCrIkn


Examiners: M. Kennard, Chief Examiner, Operations Engineer M. Donithan, Operations Engineer S. Shah, Operations Engineer J. Viera, Operations Engineer
_____
_____
_____
_____ ___
____ ___
___
____
      ;/
ES-207    Examination Security Agreement    Form ES-201-3 Pre-Examination  JL)Jf  1< (
I acknowledge that I have acquired specialized knowledge about the NRC licensing examinations scheduled for the week(s) of 5t /t7  as of the date of my signature. I agree that I will not knowingly divulge any information about these examinations to any persons who have not been authbrized by the NRC chief examiner. I understand that I am not to instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants scheduled to be administered these licensing examinations from this date until completion of examination administration, except as specifically noted below and authorized by the NRC (e.g., acting as a simulator booth operator or communicator is acceptable if the individual does not select the training content or provide direct or indirect feedback). Furthermore, I am aware of the physical security measures and requirements (as documented in the facility licensees procedures) and understand that violation of the conditions of this agreement may result in cancellation of the examinations and/or an enforcement action against me or the facility licensee. I will immediately report to facility management or the NRC chief examiner any indications or suggestions that examination security may have been compromise . Post-Examination m
Cf) To the best of my cnowledge, I did not divulge to any unauthorized persons any information concerning the NRC licensing examinations administered during r\) the week(s) of Sf1/i? 5jL.ti7 From the date that I entered into this security agreement until the completion of examination administratio 0 instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants who were administered    n, I did not these licensing examinations, except as specifically noted-u below and authorized by the NRC.


Approved by: Eugene F. Guthrie, Chief Operations Branch 2 Division of Reactor Safety
CD CD PRINTED NAME JOB TITLE I RESPONSIBILITY  SIGNATURE (1)  DATE SIGNATURE (2) DATE NOTE 0 i.k- :i,4-*)s  tk-4 c4i5, 7,-f51II7 2..Ci1ARt PL  x #-WL 3. Zkt  t;k fd1CJ? .Do.-j $i.jL LT O1 ZiJT Si71?
5. 1a i/f./  cr 4/fr( JTh..J4 iP s/i4i
          .
        ?/
6. GARsc1-#cLp  F(a.t CjC%4%      CI (2.)


=SUMMARY=
7. /YtJL crj  iIpfir 8. Pcmct.) )_ 1-1Vo      1L  %.io//7 ht- uc(4    ttt1C .<-  .
ER 05000424/2017301, 05000425/2017301, Operating Test May 8-12, 2017 and May 15-17, 2017 & Written Exam May 25, 2017 and September 7, 2017; Vogtle Electric Generating Plant Units 1 and 2; Operator License Examinations.
9.is /onL.e_ rpp 10. 4(&-tr        e*lit\ CP- (.)
11:r-12. Oi 13yi . b-\- Pc?rpr4 AJP      /
        -
          -C 15. IS,-t qii  5h4 Srf Sip,l6Sf NOTES:
LZ) e -v c;% Cj


Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) examiners conducted an initial examination in accordance with the guidelines in Revision 10, of NUREG-1021, "Operator Licensing Examination Standards for Power Reactors."  This examination implemented the operator licensing requirements identified in 10 CFR &sect;55.41, &sect;55.43, and &sect;55.45, as applicable.
ES-201    Examination Security Agreement    Form ES-201-3 Pre-Examination    i /


Members of the Vogtle Electric Generating Plant Units 1 and 2 staff developed both the operating test and the written examinations.
I acknowledge that I have acquired specialized knowledge about the NRC licensing examinations scheduled forthe week(s) of S/ liE, 0I9 as of the date of my signature. I agree that I will not knowingly divulge any information about these examinations to any persons who have not been authorized by the NRC chief examiner. I understand that I am not to instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants scheduled to be administered these licensing examinations from this date until completion of examination administration, except as specifically noted below and authorized by the NRC (e.g., acting as a simulator booth operator or communicator is acceptable if the individual does not select the training content or provide direct or indirect feedback). Furthermore, I am aware of the physical security measures and requirements (as documented in the facility licensees procedures) and understand that violation of the conditions of this agreement may result in cancellation of the examinations and/or an enforcement action against me or the facility licensee. I will immediately report to facility management or the NRC chief examiner any indications or suggestions that examination security may have been compromise . Post-Examination m To the best of my knowledge, I did not divulge to any unauthorized persons any information concerning the NRC licensing examinations administered during 0)
the week(s) ofe1,-f )lOIq From the date that I entered into this security agreement until the completion of examination administration, I did not 0 instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants who were administered these licensing examinations, except as specifically noted-El below and authorized by the NRC.


The initial operating test, written RO examination, and written SRO examination submittals met the quality guidelines contained in NUREG-1021.
CD CD PRINTED NAME JOB TITLE / RESPONSIBILITY  SIGNATURE (1) DATE SIGNATURE (2) DATE NOTE p.3


The NRC administered the operating tests during the period May 8-12, 2017 and May 15-17, 2017 to six Reactor Operator (RO) and eight Senior Reactor Operator (SRO) applicants. Members of the Vogtle Electric Generating Plant Units 1 and 2 training staff administered the written examination on May 25, 2017 and September 7, 2017. During the written examination administration on May 25, 2017 one SRO applicant experienced a medical emergency and was unable to complete the written examination at that time. The applicant was subsequently administered a new supplemental written examination on September 7, 2017.
0 lE;XQ L & R-a  O/c4l7 --
-h p3 ;*r 3. w-e.4-  vski.-, C    L <- M &#xe9;k L.J,(7(L    //z7zy7___
. At4-rJ s1L  (    & -(Y . (r-a )c  4I I rct 11LA.%_ tL  ef  - Z,    6-Z7-i7 21] } PS-/I /3,,g., , cs    ?%//7 5e r-a C3 1 As (i      ?f43/17 SQ QQ cap z 1 F+-& oAymi  5s S  I  i/fr/(l /  !LZ1LL 1 Sci      71W SaQ COP.-) 4S 1 ItL1  N Po    7.I,47c1, frp-r ccJ?//v/J 1 PO      c4..f7 R0,U p      7-11-17 1 g Ptjec,  I    7-#i  g-7i7
  /
NOTES:


All (six RO, eight SRO) applicants passed both the operating test and written examination.
ES-201    Examination Security Agreement    Form ES-201-3 Pre-Examination  -
      ,  -
I L -  N I acknowledge that I have acquired specialized knowledge about the NRC licensing examinations scheduled for the week(s) of I lS X 19 as of the date of my signature. I agree that I will not knowingly divulge any information about these examinations to any persons who have not been authorized by the NRC chief examiner. I understand that I am not to instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants scheduled to be administered these licensing examinations from this date until completion of examination administration, except as specifically noted below and authorized by the NRC (e.g., acting as a simulator booth operator or communicator is acceptable if the individual does not select the training content or provide direct or indirect feedback). Furthermore, I am aware of the physical security measures and requirements (as documented in the facility licensees procedures) and understand that violation of the conditions of this agreement may result in cancellation of the examinations and/or an enforcement action against me or the facility licensee. I will immediately report to facility management or the NRC chief examiner any indications or suggestions that examination security may have been compromise . Post-Examination m To the best of my knowledge, I did not divulge to any unauthorized persons any information concerning the NRC licensing examinations administered during so the week(s) of S1 H.,.oi7 From the date that I entered into this security agreement until the completion of examination administration, I did not 0 instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants who were administered these licensing examinations, except as specifically noted-o below and authorized by the NRC.


Fourteen applicants were issued licenses commensurate with the level of examination administered.
CD CD PRINTED NAME JOB TITLE / RESPONSIBILITY  SIGNATURE (1) DATE SIGNATURE (2) DATE NOTE 0 1.4kL1 tj.Jc1ci 3SS    71 3117-4,        -1(__J
  -
2,/-.%_.- I/i9tc. S  t4 .1_fl,- )


There were no post-examination comments.
tuftr        frL  c,/81,?
:
1 .
1 .
NOTES:


No findings were identified.
ES-301  Administrative Topics Outline  Form ES-301-1 Facility: 1 &2  Date of Examination: 05/08/2011_
Examination Level: RO Fxi SRO D  Operating Test Number: 2017-3Q1_
Administrative Topic (see Note) Type  Describe activity to be performed Code*
Conduct of Operations A, M a. V-NRC-JP-13009-HL21: Determine Boration Requirements with the Boric Acid Storage Tank Out of Service Description: Unit 2 is in Mode 5 when the BAST is taken out of service due to a high boron concentration. A boration of the RCS is necessary, so the applicant will be directed to calculate the volume of boric acid and the total charging time required using 13009-2, CVCS Reactor Makeup Control System. The applicant will be given pictures of Integrated Plant Computer screens to gather data necessary to complete the calculation G2.1.43 RO Conduct of Operations R, M b. V-NRC-]P-NMP-TR-406-HL21: Determine Active or Inactive Licensed Operator Status Description: Given the quarterly work histories of three Reactor Operators who are preparing to cover a shift as control board operators (OATC or UO), the applicant will be required to determine if each operator meets the requirements for holding an active license using NMP TR-406, License Administration. Two of the operators will not meet the requirements to hold an active licens G2.1 .4 RO Equipment Control R, M c. V-NRC-JP-14915-HL21: Perform Power Level Monitoring with IPC Calorimetric, UQ7 118, Non Functional Description: Unit 1 is in Mode 1. The IPC Calorimetric calculator, UQ1 1 1 8, has been declared non-functional by engineering and reactor power has been reduced in accordance with TR 13.3.7, Ultrasonic Mode Calorimetric. Given the current NI and delta-T power indications for each loop, the applicant will be directed to initiate power level monitoring to determine if the reduced power limitations are met using 12004-C, Power Operation (Mode 1), and 14915-1, Special Conditions Surveillance Log G2.2.38 RO ES-301-1 (Revision 10)


=REPORT DETAILS=
ES-301  Administrative Topics Outline  Form ES-301-7 Radiation Control R, M d. V-NRC-JP-91301-HL21: Assess Radiological Conditions, Select Emergency Exposure Limit, and Calculate Projected Dose to Determine if Task Can be Performed Description: During a General Emergency, an operator is to be dispatched to operate vital equipment. The applicant will be given the equipment location, a room map with the radiological conditions, and the time required to operate the equipment. The applicant will be directed to determine the appropriate Emergency Exposure Limit for the task, calculate the projected dose to the operator, and determine if the task can be performed without exceeding the limit using 91301-C, Emergency Exposure Guideline G2. RD Emergency Plan  N/A  N/A NOTE: All items (five total) are required for SROs. RD applicants require only four items unless they are retaking only the administrative topics (which would require all five items).


==OTHER ACTIVITIES==
*
{{a|4OA5}}
Type Codes & Criteria: (C)ontrol room, (S)imulator, or Class(R)oom (D)irect from bank ( 3 for ROs; 4 for SROs & RD retakes)
==4OA5 Operator Licensing Examinations==
  (N)ew or (M)odified from bank ( 1)
  (P)revious 2 exams ( 1; randomly selected)
ES-301-1 (Revision 10)


====a. Inspection Scope====
ES-301  Administrative Topics Outline  Form ES-307-1 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2  Date of Examination: 05/08/2017 Examination Level: RO D SRO ]  Operating Test Number: 201 7-301_
The NRC evaluated the submitted operating test by combining the scenario events and JPMs in order to determine the percentage of submitted test items that required replacement or significant modification. The NRC also evaluated the submitted written examination questions (Reactor Operator (RO) and Senior Reactor Operator (SRO) questions were considered separately) in order to determine the percentage of submitted questions that required replacement or significant modification, or that clearly did not conform with the intent of the approved knowledge and ability (K/A) statement. Any questions that were deleted during the grading process, or for which the answer key had to be changed, were also included in the count of unacceptable questions. The percentage of submitted test items that were unacceptable was compared to the acceptance criteria in Revision 10 of NUREG-1021, "Operator Licensing Standards for Power Reactors."
Administrative Topic (see Note) Type  Describe activity to be performed Code*
Conduct of Operations R, M a. V-NRC-]P-73009-HL21: Determine Boration Requirements with the Boric Acid Storage Tank Out of Service and Evaluate Tech Spec I TRM Required Actions Description: Unit 2 is in Mode 5 when the BAST is taken out of service due to a high boron concentration. A boration of the RCS is necessary, so the applicant will be directed to calculate the volume of boric acid and the total charging time required using 13009-2, CVCS Reactor Makeup Control System. The applicant will be given pictures of Integrated Plant Computer screens to gather data necessary to complete the calculation Based on the BAST out of service and completed surveillance data provided, the applicant will determine if there are any Tech Spec / TRM Required Action Statements to ente G2.1.43 SRO Conduct of Operations R, M b. V-NRC-JP-NMP-TR-406-HL21: Determine Active or Inactive Licensed Operator Status and Evaluate Tech Spec I TRM Required Actions Description: Given the quarterly work histories of three Reactor Operators who are preparing to cover a shift as control board operators (OATC or UO), the applicant will be required to determine if each operator meets the requirements for holding an active license using NMP TR-406, License Administration. One of the operators will not meet the requirements to hold an active licens Same as RO JP G2.1 .4 SRO ES-301-1 (Revision 10)


The NRC reviewed the licensee's examination security measures while preparing and administering the examinations in order to ensure compliance with 10 CFR &sect;55.49, "Integrity of examinations and tests."
ES-301  Administrative Topics Outline  Form ES-301-1 Equipment Control R, D c. V-NRC-]P-10008-HL21: Perform a Loss of Safety Function Evaluation and Determine Tech Spec I TRM Required Actions Description: CCP lA is tagged out for corrective maintenance. During a subsequent surveillance test, Essential Chiller 1B trips on overcurrent. The applicant will be required to perform a loss of safety function evaluation and determine the correct Tech Spec / TRM Required Action Statements to enter for the given conditions using 10008-C, Recording Limiting Conditions for Operatio G2.2.40 SRO Radiation Control R, M d. V-NRC-JP-91301-HL21: Assess Radiological Conditions, Select Emergency Exposure Limit, and Calculate Projected Dose to Determine if Task Can be Performed Description: During a General Emergency, an operator is to be dispatched to operate vital equipment. The applicant will be given the equipment location, a room map with the radiological conditions, and the time requited to operate the equipment. The applicant will be directed to determine the appropriate Emergency Exposure Limit for the task, calculate the projected dose to the operator, and determine if the task can be performed without exceeding the limit using 91301-C, Emergency Exposure Guideline Same as RO JP G2. SRO Emergency Plan R, M e. V-NRC-JP-NMP-EP-172-HL21: Assess Plant Conditions and Determine Offsite Protective Action Recommendations Description: A General Emergency has been declare The initial PARs are required to be developed to transmit to the required off-site agencies. Based on the given conditions, the applicant will be directed to develop the initial PARs using NMP-EP-112, Protective Action Recommendations, and complete NMP-EP-1 1 2-FOl, PAR Worksheet. This JPM is time critica G2.4.44 SRO NOTE: All items (five total) are required for SROs. RO applicants require only four items unless they are retaking only the administrative topics (which would require all five items).


The NRC administered the operating tests during the period May 8-17, 2017. The NRC examiners evaluated six Reactor Operator (RO) and eight Senior Reactor Operators (SRO) applicants using the guidelines cont ained in NUREG-1021. Members of the Vogtle Electric Generating Plant Units 1 and 2 training staff administered the written examination on May 25, 2017 and September 7, 2017. During the written examination administration on May 25, 2017 one SRO applicant experienced a medical emergency and was unable to complete the written examination at that time. The applicant was
*
Type Codes & Criteria: (C)ontrol room, (S)imulator, or Class(R)oom (D)irect from bank ( 3 for ROs; 4 for SROs & RO retakes)
  (N)ew or (M)odified from bank ( 1)
  (P)revious 2 exams ( 1; randomly selected)
ES-301-1 (Revision 10)


subsequently administered a new supplemental written examination on September 7, 2017. Evaluations of applicants and reviews of associated documentation were performed to determine if the applicants, who applied for licenses to operate the Vogtle Electric Generating Plant Units 1 and 2, met the requirements specified in 10 CFR Part 55, "Operators' Licenses."
ES-301  Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline  Form ES-301-2 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2  Date of Examination: 05/08/201 7_
Exam Level: RO 61 SRO-l SRO-U J  Operating Test Number:
Control Room Systems:* 8 for RO; 7 for SRO-I; 2 or 3 for SRO-U System / JPM Title  Type Code* Safety Function V-NRC-JP-79001-HL2J: Control RCS Temperature Following  A, D, L, S Reactor Trip Description: Unit 1 reactor tripped due to a grid disturbance. The control room crew is transitioning out of 19000-1, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection. The applicant will be directed to perform 19001-1, Reactor Trip Response. After determining that RCS temperature is not trending to 557 &deg;F as expected, the applicant will be required to check for dumping steam, check that the MFPs are tripped, throttle AFW, shut the MSIVs and BSIVs, and recognize that boration is necessary to maintain adequate shutdown margi (RO/SRO-l/SRO-U)
007 EA1 .03 RO SRO V-NRC-JP-13003-HL21: Respond to RCP Seal Failure at Low Power  A, M, L, S 4P Description: Unit 1 is in Mode 3 following a refueling outage. Three RCPs are running with RCP #4 stopped following maintenance. The applicant will be directed to start RCP #4. While making preparations to start RCP #4, indications of an RCP #1 seal malfunction will be receive Using the appropriate figure and flowchart in 13003-1, Reactor Coolant Pump Operation, the applicant will determine that RCP #1 is required to be immediately stopped and that its associated spray valve and seal leak-off isolation valve are required to be close (RO / SRO-l / SRO-U)
01 5AA1 .22 P0 SRO V-NRC-JP-13130-HL27: Dilute Containment Hydrogen Using the D, EN, L, 5 5 Service Air System Description: Unit 1 reactor trip and SI occurred due to a LOCA. The crew is performing 19010-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolan The TSC has requested that the hydrogen concentration in containment be reduced, so the applicant will be required to align the service air system to dilute the containment atmosphere using 13130-1, Post Accident Hydrogen Contro (RO / SRO-l I SRO-U)
028A2.03 RO SRO ES-301-2 (Revision 10)


The NRC evaluated the performance or fidelity of the simulation facility during the preparation and conduct of the operating tests.
ES-301  Control Room/in-Plant Systems Outline  Form ES-301-2 U. V-NRC-]P-17006-HL21: Respond to Inadvertent Containment Spray  D, EN, S 2 Actuation Description: Unit 1 is at 100% reactor power. The applicant will assume the duties of the OATC and will then respond to an inadvertent actuation of Train A Containment Spray. Using 17006-1, Annunciator Response Procedures for ALBO6 on Panel 1A2 on MCB, the applicant will determine that containment spray is not required and will reset Containment Spray, stop Containment Spray Pump A and shut its
    ,
discharge valv (ROISRO-I)
013A2.06 RO 37* SRO e. V-NRC-JP-19011-HL21: Re-Establish CCP Cold Leg Injection  A, EN, L, M, 5 3 Description: Unit 1 reactor trip and SI occurred due to a LOCA. The crew is transitioning from 19010-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, so the applicant will be directed to perform 19011-1, SI Termination. After establishing a normal charging line-up, the applicant will determine that pressurizer level cannot be maintained. The applicant will then be required perform Attachment 3 of 19011-1 to re-establish CCP cold leg injectio (RO / SRO-l)
WEO2EA1 .3 RO 3.8 SRO f. V-NRC-JP-18009-HL21: Transfer Steam Dumps to the Steam  A, D, L, S 4S Pressure Mode Description: Unit 1 reactor has been shut down due to a SG tube lea The applicant will be directed to complete 18009-C, Steam Generator Tube Leak. After performing the required steps to transfer the steam dumps to the Steam Pressure Mode, the applicant will determine that the steam dumps are not controlling RCS temperature correctly so the unaffected SG ARVs will be used to control RCS temperatur (RO / SRO-l)
039A2.04 RO SRO g. V-NRC-]P-13420-HL21: Transfer 1NAB from the UAT 1B to the  M, S 6 RAT JB Description: Unit 1 is at 100% reactor power. UAT 1 B has high winding temperatures due to cooling equipment failure. With inadequate cooling, the electrical load on UAT 1 B is required to be reduced per the associated Annunciator Response Procedure to minimize the risk of damage to the windings. The applicant will be directed to transfer 1 kV bus 1 NAB from the UAT 1 B to the RAT 1 B using 13420-1, 13.8 kV AC Electrical Distribution Syste (RO / SRO-l)
062A4.01 RO SRO ES-301-2 (Revision 10)


====b. Findings====
ES-301  Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline  Form ES-301-2 V-NRC-JP-13320-HL21: Perform a Manual Startup of the FHB Post- EN, N, S 8 Accident Filter Units RO ONLY Description: Unit 1 experienced high radiation levels in the Fuel Handling Building (FHB) while moving spent fuel. The FHB Post-Accident Filter Units did not start as required. During performance of the approved Maintenance Work Order, maintenance requested that operations perform a manual start of both FHB Post-Accident Filter Units. The applicant will be directed to manually start both FHB Post-Accident Filter Units using Section 4.8 of 13320-C, Fuel Handling Building HVAC System, which will also require the applicant to shut down the FHB Normal Ventilation Unit (RO)
No findings were identified.
036AA1.04 RO SRO In-Plant Systems:* 3 for RO; 3 for SRO-l; 3 or 2 for SRO-U V-NRC-JP-18007-HL21: Locally Control Charging Flow  D, E, P, R 2 Description: On Unit 1, the charging flow controller, 1 FIC-121, has malfunctioned and charging flow cannot be adjusted from the main control room. The applicant will be directed to establish local control of charging with 1FHC-121 in manual and establish 75 gpm charging flow using 18007-C, Chemical and Volume Control System Malfunction, Attachment (RD / SRO-l / SRO-U)
022AA1 .01 RD SRO V-NRC-JP-13903-HL21: Locally Start Diesel Fire Pump #2 Using the A, E, M 8 Emergency Start Contactor Description: A large fire caused fire header pressure to lower with Diesel Fire Pump #1 tagged out for repair. Diesel Fire Pump #2 failed to automatically start. A local manual start of Diesel Fire Pump #2 was not successful, so the applicant will be dispatched to locally start the diesel fire pump with the emergency start contactors using 13903-C, Fire Protection System Operatio (RO/SRO-l/SRO-U)
086A2.02 RD SRO ES-301-2 (Revision 10)


The NRC developed the written examination outline. Members of the Vogtle Electric Generating Plant Units 1 and 2 training staff developed both the operating test and the written examinations. All examination material was developed in accordance with the guidelines contained in Revision 10, of NUREG-1021. The NRC examination team reviewed the proposed examination. Examination changes agreed upon between the NRC and the licensee were made per NUREG-1021 and incorporated into the final version of the examination materials.
ES-301  Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline  Form ES-307-2 V-NRC-]P-13145-HL21: Perform a Local Normal Start of Diesel  A, D 6 Generator Description: On Unit 2, maintenance has repaired a fuel oil leak on a DG2B fuel injector and has requested that operators locally start DG2B for a 30 minute run to check for leaks. The applicant will be directed to perform a local normal start of DG2B using 131 45B-2, Diesel Generator Train B. After starting, the turbo lube oil pressure will remain too low for operation, which will require the applicant to trip DG2 (RO I SRO-l)
064A1 .01 RO SRO *
All RO and SRO-l control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions; all five SRO-U systems must serve different safety functions; in-plant systems and functions may overlap those tested in the control roo Type Codes  Criteria for RO / SAC-I I SAC-U (A)lternate path    4-6 I 4-6 / 2-3 (C)ontrol room (D)irect from bank    5 9/ 8 I 4 (E)mergency or abnormal in-plant    1 / 1 / 1 (EN)gineered safety feature    1 I 1 / 1 (control room system)
(L)ow-Power I Shutdown    1 / 1 I 1 (N)ew or (M)odified from bank including 1 (A)  2 /? 2 I 1 (P)revious 2 exams    5 3 I 3 I 2 (randomly selected)
(R)CA (S)imulator ES-301 -2 (Revision 10)


The NRC determined, using NUREG-1021 that the licensee's initial examination submittal was within the range of acceptability expected for a proposed examination.
ES-301  Operating Test Quality Checklist  Form ES-307-3 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2  Date of Examination: 05/08/2017 Operating Test Number: 201 7-301
    . Initials 7. General Criteria a b* c# The operating test conforms with the previously approved outline; changes are consistent with sampling requirements (e.g., 10 CFR 55.45, operational importance, safety function distribution). There is no day-to-day repetition between this and other operating tests to be administered  I&#xe7; during this examinatio f The operating test shall not duplicate items from the applicants audit test(s). (see Section 0.1 a.)


Administration of the written examination and the operating test diverged by more than 30 days. The reason for the divergence was because one Senior Reactor Operator applicant experienced a medical emergency and was unable to complete the written examination. A supplemental written ex amination sample plan was developed by NRC staff. A supplemental written examination was developed by the members of Vogtle Electric Generating Plant Units 1 and 2 training staff. The supplemental written examination was approved by NRC staff and administered on September 7, 2017 by members of Vogtle Electric Generating Plant Units 1 and 2 training staff. The NRR operator licensing program office concurred with the NRC regional office decision to administer the operating test and written examination more than 30 days apart, as documented in Report on Interaction (ROI) 17-15.
%.. - Overlap with the written examination and between different parts of the operating test is within acceptable limit It appears that the operating test will differentiate between competent and less-than-competent  c( L_
applicants at the designated license leve . Walk-Through Criteria  - - Each JPM includes the following, as applicable:
* initial conditions
* initiating cues
* references and tools, including associated procedures
* reasonable and validated time limits (average time allowed for completion) and specific designation if deemed to be time-critical by the facility licensee
* operationally important specific performance criteria that include:


No issues related to examination security were identified during preparation or  
detailed expected actions with exact criteria and nomenclature system response and other examiner cues statements describing important observations to be made by the applicant criteria for successful completion of the task identification of critical steps and their associated performance standards restrictions on the sequence of steps, if applicable Ensure that any changes from the previously approved systems and administrative walk-through outlines (Forms ES-301 -1 and 2) have not caused the test to deviate from any of the acceptance ,vt_
criteria (e.g., item distribution, bank use, repetition from the last 2 NRC examinations) specified on those forms and Form ES-201 - . Simulator Criteria  - -
The associated simulator operating tests (scenario sets) have been reviewed in accordance with Form ES-301-4 and a copy is attache Printed Name / Signature  Date Author    .. / _____
        /?/, 7 Facility Reviewer()      o1o31 17 NRC Chief Examiner (#) MILUAfL- /(AAIi4 / NRCSupetvisor  C Fh&  q(124I7 NOTE: *
The facility signature is not applicable for NRC-developed test # Independent NRC reviewer initial items in Column c; chief examiner concurrence requite ES-301  Simulator Scenario Quality Checklist  Form ES-301-4 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Exam: 05/08/2017 Scenario Numbers: 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 Operating Test No.: 2017-301 QUALITATIVE ATTRIBUTES    Initials a b* c# The initial conditions are realistic, in that some equipment and/or instrumentation may be out of service, but it does not cue the operators into expected event &deg; 11L The scenarios consist mostly of related event . Each event description consists of
. the point in the scenario when it is to be initiated
. the malfunction(s) or conditions that are entered to initiate the event
* the symptoms/cues that will be visible to the crew
. the expected operator actions (by shift position)
. the event termination point (if applicable) The events are valid with regard to physics and thermodynamic . Sequencing and timing of events is reasonable, and allows the examination team to obtain complete evaluation results commensurate with the scenario objective . It time compression techniques are used, the scenario summary clearly so indicate Operators have sufficient time to carry out expected activities without undue time constraint fr Cues are give . The simulator modeling is not altere r- The scenarios have been validated. Pursuant to 10 CFR 55.46(d), any open simulator performance deficiencies or deviations from the referenced plant have been evaluated to ensure that functional  7 UYf..\
fidelity is maintained while running the planned scenario L) Every operator will be evaluated using at least one new or significantly modified scenario. All other l
scenarios have been altered in accordance with Section D.5 of ES-30 . All individual operator competencies can be evaluated, as verified using Form ES-301 -6 (submit the form along with the simulator scenarios).


administration of the examination.
1 1. The scenario set provides the opportunity for each applicant to be evaluated in each of the applicable rating factors. (Competency Rating factors as described on forms ES-303-1 and ES-303-3.)


All (six RO, eight SRO) applicants passed both the operating test and written examination.
.L 12. Each applicant will be significantly involved in the minimum number of transients and events specified on Form ES-301-5 (submit the form with the simulator scenarios).


14 applicants were issued licenses commensurate with the level of examination administered.
13. The level of difficulty is appropriate to support licensing decisions for each crew oositio Ml......
Target Quantitative Attributes C Per Scenario; See Section D.5.d)  Actual Attributes -- -- Malfunctions after EOP entry (1-2)    2/2/2/3/3/2 r- Abnormal events (2-4)    3 / 4/4 / 4 / 4 / 3 n- . Major transients (12)    1 /2/1 / 1 / 1 /1  A.4L EOP5 entered/requiring substantive actions (12)  1 /2/1 /1 /1 /1 7-w- EOP contingencies requiring substantive actions (0-2)  0/ 1 /0/0/0/ 1 p-i-. EOPbased Criticaltasks(23)    2/2/2/2/2/2  I.4 *
NOTE:  The facility signature is not applicable for NRC-developed test # Independent NRC reviewer initial items in Column c; chief examiner concurrence require .   -7 Mtf / j2  q/,0/,7
    / LLbI  Ltt2/)?


A generic weakness was identified concerning the rules of usage of technical specifications, specifically concerning identification of specific action statements. This weakness was captured under Vogtle Electric Generating Plant Units 1 and 2 condition
ES-301    Transient and Event Checklist    Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2    Date of Exam: 05/08/201 7  Operating Test No.: 207 7-307
. A P
P V
E E
3  1 Operator_RO-1 Scenarios


report 10381043.
T o
M I
L  N CREW  CREW  CREW  CREW  N T
I T POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  A C
M L u A  T S A B S A B S A B S A B  Mf*)
N  Y R T 0 R T 0 R T 0 R T 0 T  P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E
RO  AX  5  0  0  1 170 NOR      01111 SROI I/C  2434246442 SROU  MAJ  6  6  5  3 221 Q  IS          022 RO  RX          110 NOR          111 SRO-I SROU  MAJ          2 2 1 TS          0 2 2 RO  AX          1 1 0 D  NOR    -      111 SRO-l I/C          442 SRO-U MAJ    22i TS Q          022 Instructions:
1 Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-D-1 event numbers for each event type; TS are not applicable for RO applicants. P05 must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (BOP) positions. Instant SROs (SRO-l) mast serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an SRO-l additionally serves in the SOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC positio . Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlledabnormal conditions (refer to Section D,5d( but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix D. f) Reactivity and normal evolutions msy be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-i basi . Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence couOt toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hand column . For licensees that use the ATC operutor primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place SRO-l applicants in either the ATC or SOP position to best evaluate the Sf10-I in manipulating plant control ES-301-5 (Revision 10)


Copies of all individual examination reports were sent to the facility Training Manager for evaluation of weaknesses and determination of appropriate remedial training.
ES-301    Transient and Event Checklist    Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2    Date of Exam: 05/08/201 7  Operating Test No.: 2017-301 A  E    Operator_RO-2 Scenarios P  V  1  3      T M P  E          I L  N CREW  CREW  CREW  CREW  T N i i POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  A C          M L u A  T S A B S A B S A B S A B  M(*)
N  Y R T 0 A T 0 R T 0 R T 0 T  P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E
RO  RX  1  0    1 110 NOR  051111 I/C  25134442 SROU  MAJ  6  6    2 221 Q  TS          022 RO  AX          110 D  NOR          111 SRO-l I/C          442 Q  MAJ SRO-U          2 2 1 TS      O22 Q
RD  AX          110 D  NOR          111 SAD-I I/C          442 SRO-U MAJ          221 TS          022 Q
Instructions: Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-D-i event numbers tor each event type; TS are not applicable tot RO applicants. P05 must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (GOP) positions. Instant SROs (SRO-l) must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an SRO-l additionally serves in the SOP position one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required tor the ATC position. Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5,d) but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix 0. )) Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-i basi . Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified tot the applicants license level in the right-hand column . For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place SRO-l applicants in either the ATC or GOP position to best evaluate the SRO-l in manipulating plant control ES-301-5 (Revision 10)


The licensee did not submit any post-examination comments.
ES-301    Transient and Event Checklist    - Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2    Date of Exam: 05/08/201 7  Operating Test No.: 2017-301 A  E    Operator_RO-3 Scenarios P  V  1  3  2    T M P  E          I L  N CREW  CREW  CREW  CREW  N T
I T POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  I A
C          M L u A  T S A B S A B S A B S A B  M(*)
N  Y R T 0 A T 0 A T 0 P T  P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 T
C


A copy of the final written examination and answer key, with all changes incorporated, may be accessed not earlier than September 9, 2019, in the ADAMS system at ADAMS Accession Numbers ML17276B832, ML17276B833, ML17276B835 and ML17276B837.
P TJ E
RD  RX  1  0  6A  2 110 NOR  0501111 SROI ic SROU  MAJ  667104221 TS          022 RO  ix          110 D  NOR          1 1 1 SRO-l I/C          442


{{a|4OA6}}
SRO-U MAJ          221 TS          022 RD  RX          110 D  NOR 111 SRO-l I/C          442 SRO-U MAJ          221 TS Q          022 Instructions: Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-D-1 event numbers for each event type; TS are not applicable for RO applicanta. ADs must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (SOP) pouitiona. Instant SROs (SRO-l) must serve in both the SRO and the ATC pouitions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an SRO-l additionally serves in the SOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC poait ion. Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d( but must be significant per Section C.2,a of Appendix D. () Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-i basi . Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hand column . For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parametera, the chief examiner may place SRO-I applicanfa in either the ATC or SOP poaition to best evaluate the SRO-l in manipulating plant control ES-301-5 (Revision 10)
==4OA6 Meetings, Including Exit==


===Exit Meeting Summary===
ES-301    Transient and Event Checklist    Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2    Date of Exam: 05/08/2017  Operating Test No: 2017-301 A  E    Operator_RO-4 Scenarios P  V  2  1  6    T M P  E          I L  N CREW  CREW  CREW  CREW  T N I T POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  A M L u A  T S A B S A B S A B S A B  M(*)
N  Y R T 0 A T 0 R T 0 A T 0 T  P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E
RO  RX  0  0  0  0 110 NOR  4102111 SRO-l I/C  t334      6442 SRO-U MAJ  7, 10  6  5  4 2 2 1 Q  TS          022 RO  RX          110 I  NOR          111 SRO-I I/C Q  MAJ SRO-U          221 TS          0 2 2 Q
RO  RX      Tiio D  NOR          111 SROI I/C          442 SROU MAJ          221 TS          022 Instructions: Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-C-I event numbers tot each event type; TS are not applicable for RO applicants. ROs must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (GOP) positions. Instant SROs (SRO-l) must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an SRO-l additionally serves in the GOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC positio . Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (rater to Section D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix D. )) Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-i basi . Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified tor the applicants license level in the right-hand column . For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place SRO-l applicants in either the ATC or GOP position to best evaluate the SRO-l in manipulating plant control ES-301-5 (Revision 10)


On September 14, 2017, the NRC examination team discussed generic issues associated with the operating test with Matt Henson, Operations Training Director, and members of the Vogtle Electric Generating Plant Units 1 and 2 staff.
ES-301    Transient and Event Checklist    Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2    Date of Exam: 05/08/2017  Operating Test No.: 2017-301 A  E    Operator_RO-5 Scenarios P  V  2  3  6    T M P  E        o I L  N CREW  CREW  CREW  CREW  T N I T POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  A I
C          L u A  T S A B S A B S A B S A B  M(*)
N  Y R T 0 P T 0 P T 0 P T 0 T  P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E
PC  RX  0  0  0  0 110 NOR  4502111 I/C  1313246442 SRO u MAJ  7 10  6  5  4 2 2 1 TS          022 AC  RX          110 D  NOR          111 SRO-I I/C          442 SRO-U MAJ  ,22i TS          022 RO  RX          110 D  NOR          111 SPa-I I/C          442 Q
SRO-U MAJ          221 TS          022 C
Instructions: Check the applicant level and enter the operating teat number and Form ES-D-1 event numbers for each event type; TS are not applicable for RO applicants. ROs must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (BOP) positions. Instant SROs (SRO-l) must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an Sf0-I additionally serves in the BOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC positio . Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d) but muat be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix D. () Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-I basi . Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specitied for the applicants license level in the right-hand column . For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chiet esaminer may place Sf0-I applicants in either the ATC or SOP position to beat evaluate the SRO-I in manipulating plant control ES-301 -5 (Revision 10)


The examiners verified no proprietary information was retained or documented in this report. ATTACHMENT:   
ES-301    Transient and Event Checklist    Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogue 1 & 2    Date of Exam: 05/08/2017  Operating Test No.: 2017-301 A  E    Operator_RO-6 Scenarios P  V  3  1      T M P  E          I L  N CREW  CREW  CREW  CREW  T N i i POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  A I
M C
L U A  T S A B S A B S A B S A B  M(*)
N  Y A T C R T 0 A T C R T C T  P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E
RO  AX  5  0    1 110 NCR  011111 Cl
  --
SROU MAJ  6  6    2 221 TS          0 22 AC  AX NOR          1 1 1 SACI        -n.-
I/C      -  


=SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION=
SRC-U MA]
TS          022 AC  RX          110 NOA          111 SAC-I I/C          442 SRC-U MAJ          221 TS          022 Q
Instructions: Check the applicant levet and enter the operating test number and Form ES-C-i event numbers for each event type; TS are not appticabte tar RO applicants. ROs must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (SOP) positions. Instant SROs (SRO-l) must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, inctuding at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major tranaient, in the ATC position, If an SRO-t additionally serves in the SOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC positio . Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormat conditions (refer to Section D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C,2.a of Appendix D. () Reactivity and normal evotutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-i basi , Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiabte actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license levet in the right-hand column . For ticensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place Sf0-I applicants in either the ATC or SOP poaition to best evaluate the Sf0-I in manipulating plant control ES-301-5 (Revision 10)


SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
ES-301    Transient and Event Checklist    Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2    Date of Exam: 05/08/2017  Operating Test No.: 2017-301 A  E    Operator_SRO-lnl Scenarios P  V  1  6  2    T M P  E          I L  N CREW  CREW  CREW  CREW  N T
KEY POINTS OF CONTACT
I T POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  A A  T L u S A B S A B S A B S A B  M(*)
N  Y R T 0 P T 0 A T 0 R T 0 T  P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E
P0  AX 1  0  6A  2 110 NOR 0  0  0  0 111 I/C 2t36        8442 izi  4,5 SROU MAJ 657104221 TS 2,3,        4 022 4, 5 P0  AX          110 D  NOR          111 SAO-l I/C


===Licensee personnel===
442 SROU MAJ          221 TS          022 Q      .
: [[contact::K. Tabor]], Site Vice President
RO  AX          110 NOR          111 SRO-l D &deg; =--
: [[contact::D. Myers]], Plant Manager
SRO-U MAJ          221 TS          022 Instructions: Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form 55-0-1 event numbers for each event type: TS are not applicable for RO applicants. fDa must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (SOP) positions. Instant SROs (SRO-l) must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an SRO-l additionally serves in the SOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the Iwo I/C malfunctions required tor the AIC poaitio . Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C2.a of Appendix 0. () Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component maltunctions on a 1-for-i basi , Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included: only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hand column . For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place Sf0-I applicants in either the ATC or SOP position to best evaluate the SRO-l in manipulating plant control ES-301-5 (Revision 10)
: [[contact::S. Briggs]], Operations Director
: [[contact::D. Stiles]], Training Director
: [[contact::M. Henson]], Operations Training Director
: [[contact::K. Jenkins]], Examination Development Lead
: [[contact::A. Lowe]], Initial Licensed Training Lead
: [[contact::K. Lewis]], Licensed Operator Requalification Training Lead
: [[contact::G. Gunn]], Regulator Affairs Manager
: [[contact::K. Morrow]], Senior Engineer, Regulator Affairs
===NRC personnel===
: [[contact::M. Endress]], Senior Resident Inspector
: [[contact::A. Alen]], Resident Inspector


SIMULATOR FIDELITY REPORT
ES-301    Transient and Event Checklist    Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2   Date of Exam: 05/08/2017  Operating Test No.: 2017-301 A  E    Operator SRO-1n2 Scenarios P  V  2  6      T M P  E          I L  N CREW  CREW  CREW  CREW  T N I T POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  A M C
Facility Licensee: Vogtle Nuclear Generating Plant, Unit Nos. 1 & 2
L u A  T S A B S A B S A B S A B  M(*)
Facility Docket No.: 50-424, 50-425
N  Y A T 0 A T 0 R T 0 R T 0 T  P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E
RO  RX 6A  0      1 1 1 0 NOR 4  0      1 111 SRO-l I/C 1,2, 1,3      6 4 4 2 3,6 SRO-U MAJ 710  5      3 221 I:J TS 15        2 022 RO  RX          110 NOR          111 SRO-I I/C          442 SRO-U MAJ          221 ri U
TS


Operating Test Administered: May 8-12, 2017 and May15-17, 2017
0 2 2
This form is to be used only to report observations. These observations do not constitute audit or inspection findings and, without further verification and review in accordance with Inspection
 
Procedure 71111.11, are not indicative of noncompliance with 10 CFR 55.46, "Simulation
RO  RX          110 NOR          111 a
facilities." No licensee action is required in response to these observations.
SRO-I    = 
While conducting the simulator portion of the operating test, examiners observed the following:
        -:
Item Description DR 0015781 All four ARV's set points are set incorrectly causing PV-3000, Loop1 ARV to open early DR 0015780 Mini Purge fan is set to run in the scenario and when the simulator is placed in run it is not running (green light on)
I/C SRO-U MAJ          221 TS          022 Q
Instructions:
Check the applicant level and enter the operating teal number and Form ES-D-I event numbers for each event type; TS are not applicable for P0 applicants. P05 muat serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (SOP) poaitiona. Instant SROs (SRO-l) muat serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component Cl/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. It an SRO-l additionally serves in the SOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC positio . Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix 0. () Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-i basi . Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hand column . For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place SRO-l applicants in either the ArC or SOP position to best evaluate the SRO-l in manipulating plant control ES-301-5 (Revision 10)
 
ES-301    Transient and Event Checklist    Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2    Date of Exam: 05/08/2017  Operating Test No: 2017-301 A  E    Operator SRO-1n3 Scenarios P  V  2  6  1    T M P  E          I L  N CREW  CREW  CREW  CREW  T N I T POSITION  POSmON  POSmON  POSmON  A C          LU A  T S A B S A B S A B S A B  M(*)
N  Y A T 0 R T 0 R T 0 R T C TT T  P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E
RO  RX 6A  0  1    2 110 D  NOR 4  0  0    1 111 SRO-I lxi  3,6  3,4 SRO-U MA] 7,10  5  6    4 221 D  TS 1,5  3,4      4 0 2 2 RO  RX          710 D  NOR          111 SROI 4 4 2 D
SROU MA]
TS          022 Q
RO  RX          110 D  NOR          111 SAC-I I/C        4 4 2 SRO-U MA]          221 TS          022 D
Instructions:
1 Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-D-i event numbers for each event type; TS are not applicable for RD applicants. ROs must serve in both the at-the-controls tATC) and balance-of-plant (SOP) positions. Instant SROs (SRO-l) must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an SRO-l additionallyserves in the BOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC positio . Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix D. () Reactivity and normal evolutions maybe replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-i basi . Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions shoutd be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hsnd column . For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place SRO-l applicants in either the ATC or SOP position to beat evaluate the SRO-l in manipulating plant control ES-301 -5 (Revision 10)
 
ES-301    Transient and Event Checklist    Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2    Date of Exam: 05/08/2017  Operating Test No.: 2017-301 A  E    Operator_SRO-1n4 Scenarios P  V  6  2      T M P  E L  N CREW  CREW  CREW  CREW  T N I T POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  A M C
 
L u A  T S A B S A B S A B S A B  Mf*)
N  Y R T 0 R T 0 R T 0 R T 0 T  P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E
RO  RX 0  0      0 110 NOR 0  4      1 111 SROI I/C 12136442 3,4 SRO-U MAJ 5  7,10      3 2 2 1 TS 34        2 022 RO  RX          110 NOR          111 SRO-l I/C SRO-U MAJ          221 TS          022 RO  RX          110 D
 
NOR 111 SROI I/C        4 42 SRO-U MAJ          221 TS          022 Instructions: Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-D-1 event numbers for each event type; TS are not applicable for RO applicante. ROs must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (HOP) positions, Instant SROs (SRO-l) must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an SRO-l additionally serves in the HOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC positio . Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d( but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix C. () Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-i basi . Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hand column . For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place 5140-I applicants in either the ATC or HOP position to best evaluate the SRO-l in manipulating plant control ES-301-5 (Revision 10)
 
ES-307    Transient and Event Checklist    Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2    Date of Exam: 05/08/2017  Operating Test No.: 2017-301 A  E    Operator SRO-1n5 Scenarios P  V    6  2    T M P  E        o I L  N CREW  CREW  CREW  CREW  T N I T POSfl1ON  POSfl1ON  POSmON  P0SmON  A C          LU A  T S A B S A B S A B S A B  M(*)
N  Y R T 0 R T 0 R T 0 A T 0 T  P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E
RO  RX 5  0  6A  2 110 D  NOR 0  0  0  0 111 SRO-l I/C Lt36        8442 3,4 MAJ 657j0        4221 L
TS 2,4        2 022 RO  RX          110 D  NOR          111 SRO-I I/C          442 SRO-U MAJ          221 TS      .:    022 RO  RX          110 D  NOR          111 SRO-l I/C          442 SAC-U MA]          221 TS          022 Q
Instructions: Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-D-i event numbers for each event type; TS are not applicable for RD applicants, ADs must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (SOP) positions. Instant SACs (SRO-l) must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an SRO-l additionally serves in the BOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC positio . Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix D. () Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-i basi . Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hand column . For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place SAD-I applicants in either the ATC or SOP position to beat evaluate the SAD-I in manipulating plant control ES-301-5 (Revision 10)
 
ES-301    Transient and Event Checklist    Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2    Date of Exam: 05/08/2017  Operating Test No.: 2017-301 A  E    Operator_SRO-1n6 Scenarios P V  2  6  3    T M P E          I L N CREW  CREW  CREW  CREW  N T
i i POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  I A
C          L A  I u
S A B S A B S A B S A B  M(*)
N  Y R T 0 R T 0 R T C R T C T  P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E
AC  RX 6A  0  5    2 110 NOR 4  0  0    1 111 SAC-I I/C Zt4442 123  3,6  3,4 SAC-U MAJ 7,10  5  6    4 221 TS 1,5  3,4      4 0 2 2 RO  RX          110 D  NCR          111 SRC-l I/C  .442 Q  MAJ SAC-U        22i TS          022 RO  RX          110 D  NOR          111 SAC-I I/C          442 SRO-U MAJ          221 TS          022 Instructions: Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-D-1 event numbers for each event type; TS are not applicable for RO applicants. ROs must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (SOP) positions. Instant SROa (SRO-l) must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an SF0-I additionally serves in the SOP position, one I/C maltunclion can be credited toward the two I/C mattunctions required for the ATC position. Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix D. () Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-i basis. Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence Count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hand columns. For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place SF0-I applicants in either the ATC or SOP position to best evaluate the SF0-I in manipulating plant control ES-301-5 (Revision 10)
 
ES-301    Transient and Event Checklist    Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2    Date of Exam: 05/08/2017  Operating Test No.: 201 7-301 A  E    Operator_SRO-U1 Scenarios P  V  3  1      T M P  E          I L  N CREW  CREW  CREW  CREW  T N I T POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  A M
C L u A  S A B S A B S A B S A B  M(*)
N  Y R T 0 P T C R T 0 A T 0 T  P C C P 0 C P C C P 0 C P E
AC  AX 5  1      2 110 D  NCR 0  0      0 111 SRO-I I/C t2        8442 D  3,4  4,5 S AC-U MAJ 6  6      2 2 2 1 TS 2,4  2,3,      6 0 2 2 4, 5 AC  Ax          110 C  NOR          1 1 1 SAC-I I/C          442 MAJ          221 SACU Q  TS          022 RC  AX          110 NCA          1 1 1 SAC-I I/C          442 SRC-U MAJ          221 TS          022 Instructions: Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-D-1 event numbers for each event type; TS are not applicable for P0 applicants. ROs must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (SOP) positions. Instant SF1Os (SRO-l) must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an SRO-l additionally serves in the SOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC positio . Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix D. (*) Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a I-for-i basi . Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hand column . For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place SRO-l applicants in either the ATC or BOP position to best evaluate the SRO-l in manipulating plant control ES-301-5 (Revision 10)
 
ES-301    Transient and Event Checklist    Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2    Date of Exam: 05/08/2017  Operating Test No.: 2017-301 A  E    Operator SRO-U2 Scenarios P  V  3        T M
 
P  E          I L  N CREW  CREW  CREW  CREW  N T
I  T POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  POSITION  I A M C
 
L u A  T S A B S A B S A B S  B  M(*)
A N  Y A T 0 R T 0 R 1 0 R T 0 T  P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E
RO  RX 5  1      2 110 D  NOR 0  0      0 111 SRO-I I/C 1,2,  2,      8 4 4 2 D
 
3,4  4,5 SRO-U MAJ 66:.        2221 TS 24236022 4,5 RO  RX          110 D  NOR          1 1 1 SRO-I I/C          442 SROU MAJ          221 Q  TS          022 RO  RX          110 D  NOR  :.
111 SRO-I I/C          442 SRO-U MAJ          221 TS Q          022 Instructions: Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-U-i event numbers for each event type, TS are not applicable for Rb applicants. ROs must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-ot-plant (BOP) positions. Instant SROs (Sf0-I) must same in both the Sf0 and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an SRO-t additiona/& serves in the SOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC position. Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or control/ed abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix () Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-i basis. Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hand columns. For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place SRO-l applicants in either the ATC or SOP position to best evaluate the SRO-l in manipulating plant control ES-301 -5 (Revision 10)
 
ES-301  Competencies Checklist  Form ES-301-6 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Examination: 05/08/2017 Operating Test No.: 2017-301 APPLICANTS RO  SRO-I i  SRO-U I1
  . SCENARIO  SCENARIO  SCENARIO Competencies 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 2 3, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 2,3, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 2,3, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, Interpret/Diagnose 4, 5, 3, 5, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5, 3, 5, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5, 3, 5, 3, 4, 3, 4, Events and  6, 7, 8 6, 7, 6, 7, 8 5, 6, 6, 7, 8 6, 7, 6, 7, 8 5, 6, 6, 7, 8 6, 7, 6, 7, 8 5, 6, Conditions  8, 9, 7, 8 8, 9, 7, 8 8, 9, 7, 8 10  10  10 1 2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, Comply With and 3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4 3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4, 3 4 3 4 3 4 3, 4, 3, 4, Use Procedures (1) 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 7, 8 7, 8, 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8, 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8, 7, 8 7, 8 9,10  9,10  9,10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Operate Control 3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4 3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4, Boards (2)  5, 6, 6, 7, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 6, 7, 5, 6, 5, 6, 7,8 8,9, 7,8 7,8 7,8 8,9, 7,8 7,8 10  10 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, Communicate  3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4, 3 4 3, 4 3 4, 3 4 3 4 and Interact  5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 7, 8 7, 8, 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8, 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8, 7, 8 7, 8 9,10  9,10  9,10 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, Demonstrate    3, 4, 3, 5, 3, 4, 3, 4, 5 3, 4, 3, 5, 3, 4, 3, 4, 5 Supervisory Ability (3)  5, 6 6, 7, 5, 6 5, 6 6, 7, 5, 6 10  10 2,3, 1,5 2,4 1 4 2,3, 1,5 2,4 1,4 Comply With and  4, 5  4, 5 Use Tech. Specs. (3)
Notes:
(1) Includes Technical Specification compliance for an R (2) Optional for an SRO- (3) Only applicable to SROs.
 
Instructions:
Check the applicants license type and enter one or more event numbers that will allow the examiners to evaluate every applicable competency for evenj applicant. (This includes all rating factors for each competency.) (Competency Rating factors as described on forms ES-303-7 and ES-303-3.)
 
(Revision 10)
 
ES-301  Competencies Checklist  Form ES-301-6 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Examination: 05/08/2017 Operating Test No.: 2017-301 APPLICANTS RO  SRO-I E SRO-U Competencies  SCENARIO  SCENARIO  SCENARIO 5 6 5 6 5 6 2,3,4,6,7, 1, 2,3,4,5, 2,3,4,6,7, 1,2,3,4,5, 2,3,4,6,7, 1, 2,3,4,5, Interpret/Diagnose 8, 9, 10 6, 7 8, 9, 10 6, 7 8, 9, 10 6, 7 Events and Conditions 1,2,3,4,5, 1,2,3,4,5, 1,2,3,4,5, 1,2,3,4,5, 1,2,3,4,5, 1,2,3,4,5, Comply Withand  6,7,8,9,10 6,7 6,7,8,9,10 6,7 6,7,8,9,10 6,7 Use Procedures (1)
12345 12345 12345 12345 Operate Control 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 6, 7 6,7, 8, 9, 10 6, 7 Boards (2)
1 2 3,4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1,2 3,4,5, 1,2 3,4,5, 1 2 3 4 5 1 2,3,4,5, Communicate  6,7,8,9,10 6,7 6,7,8,9,10 6,7 6,7,8,9,10 6,7 and Interact 1,2,3,4,6,71,2,3,4,5 1,2,3,4,6,71,2,3,4,5 Demonstrate Supervisory Ability (3)
2,3 3,4 2,3 3,4 Comply With and Use Tech. Specs. (3)
Notes:
(1) Includes Technical Specification compliance for an R (2) Optional for an SRO- (3) Only applicable to SROs.
 
Instructions:
Check the applicants license type and enter one or more event numbers that will allow the examiners to evaluate every applicable competency for every applicant. (This includes all rating factors for each competency.) (Competency Rating factors as described on forms ES-303- 7 and ES-303-3.)
 
(Revision 10)
 
ES-401  PWR Examination Outline  Form ES-401-2 Facility:    Date of Exam:
RO K/A Category Points  SRO-Only Points Tier Group K K K K K K A A A A G*  A2 G* Total 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 Total Emergency &
Abnormal 2 1 2 2 N/A 1 2 N/A 1 9 2 2 4 Plant Evolutions Tier Totals 4 5 5  4 5 4 27 5 5 10 1 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 28 3 2 5 Plant 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 10 1 12 1 3 Systems Tier Totals 4 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4 4 38 5 3 8 3. Generic Knowledge and Abilities 1 2 3 4 10 1 2 3 4 7 Categories 2 2 3 3  2 2 2 1 Note: Ensure that at least two topics from every applicable K/A category are sampled within each tier of the RO and SRO-only outlines (i.e., except for one category in Tier 3 of the SRO-only outline, the Tier Totals in each K/A category shall not be less than two). (One Tier 3 Radiation Control K/A is allowed if the K/A is replaced by a K/A from another Tier 3 Category). The point total for each group and tier in the proposed outline must match that specified in the table. The final point total for each group and tier may deviate by +/-1 from that specified in the table based on NRC revisions. The final RO exam must total 75 points and the SRO-only exam must total 25 point . Systems/evolutions within each group are identified on the associated outline; systems or evolutions that do not apply at the facility should be deleted with justification; operationally important, site-specific systems/evolutions that are not included on the outline should be added. Refer to Section D.1.b of ES-401 for guidance regarding the elimination of inappropriate K/A statement . Select topics from as many systems and evolutions as possible; sample every system or evolution in the group before selecting a second topic for any system or evolutio . Absent a plant-specific priority, only those K/As having an importance rating (IR) of 2.5 or higher shall be selected. Use the RO and SRO ratings for the RO and SRO-only portions, respectivel . Select SRO topics for Tiers 1 and 2 from the shaded systems and K/A categorie . The generic (G) K/As in Tiers 1 and 2 shall be selected from Section 2 of the K/A Catalog, but the topics must be relevant to the applicable evolution or system. Refer to Section D.1.b of ES-401 for the applicable K/A . On the following pages, enter the K/A numbers, a brief description of each topic, the topics importance ratings (IRs) for the applicable license level, and the point totals (#) for each system and category. Enter the group and tier totals for each category in the table above; if fuel handling equipment is sampled in a category other than Category A2 or G* on the SRO-only exam, enter it on the left side of Column A2 for Tier 2, Group 2 (Note #1 does not apply). Use duplicate pages for RO and SRO-only exam . For Tier 3, select topics from Section 2 of the K/A catalog, and enter the K/A numbers, descriptions, IRs, and point totals (#) on Form ES-401-3. Limit SRO selections to K/As that are linked to 10 CFR 55.4 G* Generic K/As
 
ES-401    2  Form ES-401-2 ES-401    PWR Examination Outline  Form ES-401-2 Emergency and Abnormal Plant Evolutions - Tier 1/Group 1 (RO / SRO)
E/APE # / Name / Safety Function K K K A A G*  K/A Topic(s) IR #
1 2 3 1 2 000007 (BW/E02&E10; CE/E02) Reactor  X  EG2.4.31 Trip - Stabilization - Recovery / 1 000008 Pressurizer Vapor Space  X AA1.08 Accident / 3 000009 Small Break LOCA / 3  X  EK3.11 000011 Large Break LOCA / 3  X EA2.08 000015/17 RCP Malfunctions / 4  X  AA2.10 000022 Loss of Rx Coolant Makeup / 2 X  AK1.04 000025 Loss of RHR System / 4  X AA1.09 000026 Loss of Component Cooling  X  AA2.04 Water / 8 000027 Pressurizer Pressure Control X  AK2.03 System Malfunction / 3 000029 ATWS / 1  X  X EK2.06  G2.2.38 000038 Steam Gen. Tube Rupture / 3 X  EK1.03 000040 (BW/E05; CE/E05; W/E12)  EG2. Steam Line Rupture - Excessive Heat  X Transfer / 4 000054 (CE/E06) Loss of Main  X  AK3.01 Feedwater / 4 000055 Station Blackout / 6  X EA2.01 000056 Loss of Off-site Power / 6  X AA2.88 000057 Loss of Vital AC Inst. Bus / 6  X AG2.4.18 000058 Loss of DC Power / 6  X  AK3.01 000062 Loss of Nuclear Svc Water / 4  X  AA2.06 000065 Loss of Instrument Air / 8  X  AG2. W/E04 LOCA Outside Containment / 3  X EA W/E11 Loss of Emergency Coolant  X EG2. Recirc. / 4 BW/E04; W/E05 Inadequate Heat  X  EK Transfer - Loss of Secondary Heat Sink / 4 000077 Generator Voltage and Electric X  AK1.02 Grid Disturbances / 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 K/A Category Totals:  3 3 Group Point Total:  18/6
 
ES-401    3  Form ES-401-2 ES-401  PWR Examination Outline  Form ES-401-2 Emergency and Abnormal Plant Evolutions - Tier 1/Group 2 (RO / SRO)
E/APE # / Name / Safety Function  K K K A A G*  K/A Topic(s)  IR #
1 2 3 1 2 000001 Continuous Rod Withdrawal / 1  X AA2.05 000003 Dropped Control Rod / 1 000005 Inoperable/Stuck Control Rod / 1  X  AG2.4.41 000024 Emergency Boration / 1  X  AA2.04 000028 Pressurizer Level Malfunction / 2  X  AK3.02 000032 Loss of Source Range NI / 7 000033 Loss of Intermediate Range NI / 7  X  AA2.08 000036 (BW/A08) Fuel Handling Accident / 8 000037 Steam Generator Tube Leak / 3 000051 Loss of Condenser Vacuum / 4 000059 Accidental Liquid Radwaste Rel. / 9 000060 Accidental Gaseous Radwaste Rel. / 9  X AA1.01 000061 ARM System Alarms / 7 000067 Plant Fire On-site / 8  X AA2.13 000068 (BW/A06) Control Room Evac. / 8 X  AK2.07 000069 (W/E14) Loss of CTMT Integrity / 5 000074 (W/E06&E07) Inad. Core Cooling / 4  X  EG2.1.20 000076 High Reactor Coolant Activity / 9  X AG2.4.21 W/EO1 & E02 Rediagnosis & SI Termination / 3 W/E13 Steam Generator Over-pressure / 4 W/E15 Containment Flooding / 5  X  EK W/E16 High Containment Radiation / 9 BW/A01 Plant Runback / 1 BW/A02&A03 Loss of NNI-X/Y / 7 BW/A04 Turbine Trip / 4 BW/A05 Emergency Diesel Actuation / 6 BW/A07 Flooding / 8 BW/E03 Inadequate Subcooling Margin / 4 BW/E08; W/E03 LOCA Cooldown - Depress. / 4 BW/E09; CE/A13; W/E09&E10 Natural Circ. / 4 X  EK BW/E13&E14 EOP Rules and Enclosures CE/A11; W/E08 RCS Overcooling - PTS / 4 X  EK CE/A16 Excess RCS Leakage / 2 CE/E09 Functional Recovery 1 2 2 1 2 1 K/A Category Point Totals:  2 2 Group Point Total:  9/4
 
ES-401    4  Form ES-401-2 ES-401  PWR Examination Outline  Form ES-401-2 Plant Systems - Tier 2/Group 1 (RO / SRO)
System # / Name  K K K K K K A A A A G*  K/A Topic(s) IR #
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 003 Reactor Coolant Pump  X  X A4.07 K5.02 004 Chemical and Volume  X  X K5.32  G2.1.23 Control 005 Residual Heat Removal  X X  A1.02 A2.01 006 Emergency Core Cooling X  X A3.08 K1.11 007 Pressurizer Relief/Quench  X A3.01 Tank 008 Component Cooling Water  X G2.4.46 010 Pressurizer Pressure Control X  K2.04 012 Reactor Protection  X  A1.01 013 Engineered Safety Features  X X  K6.01  A2.04 Actuation 022 Containment Cooling  X G2.4.35 025 Ice Condenser 026 Containment Spray  X X  K4.02  A2.02 039 Main and Reheat Steam  X  A2.03 059 Main Feedwater X  X  K1.04  A2.03 061 Auxiliary/Emergency  X X  A2.08 K6.01 Feedwater 062 AC Electrical Distribution X  X K1.04  G2.2.22 063 DC Electrical Distribution  X A4.01 064 Emergency Diesel Generator X  X G2.1.30 K4.10 073 Process Radiation Monitoring X  K3.01 076 Service Water  X X A1.02 A3.02 078 Instrument Air  X  X A4.01 K2.01 103 Containment  X  K3.03 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 K/A Category Point Totals:  3 2 Group Point Total:  28/5
 
ES-401    5  Form ES-401-2 ES-401  PWR Examination Outline  Form ES-401-2 Plant Systems - Tier 2/Group 2 (RO / SRO)
System # / Name  K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 A1 A2 A3 A4 G*  K/A Topic(s)  IR #
001 Control Rod Drive X  K2.03 002 Reactor Coolant  X  K5.18 011 Pressurizer Level Control X  K4.05 014 Rod Position Indication  X A4.04 015 Nuclear Instrumentation  X  G2.4.47 016 Non-Nuclear Instrumentation 017 In-Core Temperature Monitor  X  K6.01 027 Containment Iodine Removal X  K1.01 028 Hydrogen Recombiner and Purge Control 029 Containment Purge  X  A1.03 033 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling  X    A2.03 034 Fuel Handling Equipment  X    K5.03 035 Steam Generator    X G2.4.21 041 Steam Dump/Turbine Bypass Control 045 Main Turbine Generator 055 Condenser Air Removal X  K3.01 056 Condensate  X    A2.04 068 Liquid Radwaste  X A3.02 071 Waste Gas Disposal 072 Area Radiation Monitoring 075 Circulating Water 079 Station Air 086 Fire Protection 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 K/A Category Point Totals:  1 12 1 Group Point Total:  10/3
 
ES-401  Generic Knowledge and Abilities Outline (Tier 3) Form ES-401-3 Facility:  Date of Exam:
Category K/A #  Topic  RO SRO-Only IR # IR # G2.1.26  G2.1.34 G2.1.40  G2.1.45 . Conduct of Operations . Subtotal G2.2.12  G2.2.23 G2. G2.2.37 . Equipment Control . Subtotal G2.3.13  G2.3.12 G2.3.14  G2.3.15 . G2. Radiation Control . Subtotal G2.4.23  G2.4.21 G2.4.29 . G2.4.43 Emergency Procedures / Plan . Subtotal Tier 3 Point Total    10 7
 
ES-401  PWR Examination Outline  Form ES-401-2 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 (45Q retake exam)  Date of Exam: 9/1/2017 RO K/A Category Points  SRO-Only Points Tier Group K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 A1 A2 A3 A4  G* Total A2 G* Total Emergency and Abnormal Plant 2 1 1 2 N/A 1 2 N/A 2 9 2 2 4 Evolutions Tier Totals 4 4 5  4 5 5 27 5 5 10 1 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 28 3 2 5 Plant  2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 10 1 2 3 Systems Tier Totals 4 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 38 4 4 8 3. Generic Knowledge and Abilities  1 2 3 4 10 1 2 3 4 7 Categories 3 2 2 3  2 2 1 2 Note: Ensure that at least two topics from every applicable K/A category are sampled within each tier of the RO and SRO-only outline sections (i.e., except for one category in Tier 3 of the SRO-only section, the Tier Totals in each K/A category shall not be less than two). (One Tier 3 radiation control K/A is allowed if it is replaced by a K/A from another Tier 3 category.) The point total for each group and tier in the proposed outline must match that specified in the table. The final point total for each group and tier may deviate by +/-1 from that specified in the table based on NRC revisions. The final RO exam must total 75 points, and the SRO-only exam must total 25 point . Systems/evolutions within each group are identified on the outline. Systems or evolutions that do not apply at the facility should be deleted with justification. Operationally important, site-specific systems/evolutions that are not included on the outline should be added. Refer to Section D.1.b of ES-401 for guidance regarding the elimination of inappropriate K/A statement . Select topics from as many systems and evolutions as possible. Sample every system or evolution in the group before selecting a second topic for any system or evolutio . Absent a plant-specific priority, only those K/As having an importance rating (IR) of 2.5 or higher shall be selected. Use the RO and SRO ratings for the RO and SRO-only portions, respectivel . Select SRO topics for Tiers 1 and 2 from the shaded systems and K/A categorie . The generic (G) K/As in Tiers 1 and 2 shall be selected from Section 2 of the K/A catalog, but the topics must be relevant to the applicable evolution or system. Refer to Section D.1.b of ES-401 for the applicable K/A . On the following pages, enter the K/A numbers, a brief description of each topic, the topics IRs for the applicable license level, and the point totals (#) for each system and category. Enter the group and tier totals for each category in the table above. If fuel-handling equipment is sampled in a category other than Category A2 or G* on the SRO-only exam, enter it on the left side of Column A2 for Tier 2, Group 2. (Note 1 does not apply). Use duplicate pages for RO and SRO-only exam . For Tier 3, select topics from Section 2 of the K/A catalog and enter the K/A numbers, descriptions, IRs, and point totals (#) on Form ES-401-3. Limit SRO selections to K/As that are linked to 10 CFR 55.4 G* Generic K/As
* These systems/evolutions must be included as part of the sample (as applicable to the facility) when Revision 3 of the K/A catalog is used to develop the sample plan. They are not required to be included when using earlier revisions of the K/A catalo ** These systems/evolutions may be eliminated from the sample (as applicable to the facility) when Revision 3 of the K/A catalog is used to develop the sample pla ES-401    2  Form ES-401-2 ES-401    PWR Examination Outline    Form ES-401-2 Emergency and Abnormal Plant EvolutionsTier 1/Group 1 (RO/SRO)
E/APE # / Name / Safety Function K1 K2 K3 A1 A2 G*  K/A Topic(s)  IR #
000007 (EPE 7; BW E02&E10; CE E02)
Reactor Trip, Stabilization, Recovery / 1 000008 (APE 8) Pressurizer Vapor Space  X AG2.4.47 - Ability of diagnose and recognize trends Accident / 3    in an accurate and timely manner utilizing the appropriate control room reference material 000008 (APE 8) Pressurizer Vapor Space  X AA1.08    12 Accident / 3 000009 (EPE 9) Small Break LOCA / 3  X  EK3.11    14 000011 (EPE 11) Large Break LOCA / 3  X EA2.08    16 000015 (APE 15) Reactor Coolant Pump X  AK1.02 - Consequences of an RCPS failure Malfunctions / 4 000022 (APE 22) Loss of Reactor Coolant X  AK1.04    22 Makeup / 2 000025 (APE 25) Loss of Residual Heat X  AK1.09    24 Removal System / 4 000026 (APE 26) Loss of Component Cooling Water / 8 000027 (APE 27) Pressurizer Pressure X  AK2.03    26 Control System Malfunction / 3 000029 (EPE 29) Anticipated Transient X  EK2.06    30 Without Scram / 1 000038 (EPE 38) Steam Generator Tube X  EK1.03    32 Rupture / 3 000040 (APE 40; BW E05; CE E05; W E12)
Steam Line RuptureExcessive Heat Transfer / 4 000054 (APE 54; CE E06) Loss of Main  X G2.2.4 - Ability to explain the variations in control Feedwater /4    board layouts, systems instrumentation and procedural actions between units at a facility (APE 54; CE E06) Loss of Main  X  AK3.01    34 Feedwater /4 000055 (EPE 55) Station Blackout / 6  X A2.05 - When battery is approaching fully discharged 000055 (EPE 55) Station Blackout / 6  X EA2.01    35 000056 (APE 56) Loss of Offsite Power / 6  X AA2.88    37 000057 (APE 57) Loss of Vital AC  X AG2.4.18    38 Instrument Bus / 6 000058 (APE 58) Loss of DC Power / 6  X  AK3.01    39 000058 (APE 58) Loss of DC Power / 6  X AG1.23 - Ability to perform specific system and integrated plant procedures during all modes of plant operation 000062 (APE 62) Loss of Nuclear Service Water / 4 000065 (APE 65) Loss of Instrument Air / 8
 
000077 (APE 77) Generator Voltage and  X AG2.1.7- Ability to evaluate plant performance and 4.4 Electric Grid Disturbances / 6  make operational judgements based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior and instrument interpretation 000077 (APE 77) Generator Voltage and X AA2.0.8 - Criteria to trip the turbine or reactor 4.3 Electric Grid Disturbances / 6 (W E04) LOCA Outside Containment / 3 X EK2.1 - Components and functions of control and safety system, including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes and automatic and manual features (W E11) Loss of Emergency Coolant X EA1.2 - Operating behavior characteristics of the 3.8 Recirculation / 4  facility.
 
(BW E04; W E05) Inadequate Heat  X EG2.4.9 - knowledge of low power / shutdown 3.5 TransferLoss of Secondary Heat Sink / 4  implications in accident (e.g. LOCA or loss of RHR)
mitigation strategies.
 
(BW E04; W E05) Inadequate Heat  X EA2.1 - Facility conditions and selection of 3.4 TransferLoss of Secondary Heat Sink / 4  appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.
 
K/A Category Totals:  3 3 3 3 3/3 3/3 Group Point Total:  18(5
        )/6
 
ES-401    3  Form ES-401-2 ES-401    PWR Examination Outline  Form ES-401-2 Emergency and Abnormal Plant EvolutionsTier 1/Group 2 (RO/SRO)
E/APE # / Name / Safety Function  K1 K2 K3 A1 A2 G* K/A Topic(s) IR #
000001 (APE 1) Continuous Rod Withdrawal / 1  X AA2.05  1 000003 (APE 3) Dropped Control Rod / 1  X AA2.02 - Signal inputs to control signals 000005 (APE 5) Inoperable/Stuck Control Rod / 1 000024 (APE 24) Emergency Boration / 1  X  AK2.04 - Pumps (APE 28) Pressurizer (PZR) Level Control  X  AK3.02  28 Malfunction / 2 000032 (APE 32) Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation / 7 000033 (APE 33) Loss of Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation / 7 000036 (APE 36; BW/A08) Fuel-Handling Incidents / 8 000037 (APE 37) Steam Generator Tube Leak / 3  X AG2.2.44 - Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system connections 000051 (APE 51) Loss of Condenser Vacuum / 4 000059 (APE 59) Accidental Liquid Radwaste Release / 9 000060 (APE 60) Accidental Gaseous Radwaste Release / 9  X AA1.01  41 000061 (APE 61) Area Radiation Monitoring System Alarms
/7 000067 (APE 67) Plant Fire On Site / 8 000068 (APE 68; BW A06) Control Room Evacuation / 8 000069 (APE 69; W E14) Loss of Containment Integrity / 5 000074 (EPE 74; W E06 & E07) Inadequate Core Cooling /
 
000076 (APE 76) High Reactor Coolant Activity / 9 000078 (APE 78*) RCS Leak / 3 (W E01 & E02) Rediagnosis & SI Termination / 3  X EA2.1 - Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency condition (W E13) Steam Generator Overpressure / 4  X EA2.2 - Adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facilitys license and amendments (W E15) Containment Flooding / 5 (W E16) High Containment Radiation /9  X EG2.4.4 - Ability to recognize abnormal indication for system operating parameters which are entry level conditions for emergency and abnormal operating procedure (BW A01) Plant Runback / 1 (BW A02 & A03) Loss of NNI-X/Y/7 (BW A04) Turbine Trip / 4 (BW A05) Emergency Diesel Actuation / 6 (BW A07) Flooding / 8 (BW E03) Inadequate Subcooling Margin / 4
 
(BW E08; W E03) LOCA CooldownDepressurization / 4 X EK3.2 - Normal, abnormal and emergency operating procedures associated with (LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization)
(BW E09; CE A13**; W E09 & E10) Natural Circulation/4 X EK1.2 - Normal, abnormal and emergency operating procedures associated with (Natural Circulation Cooldown)
(BW E13 & E14) EOP Rules and Enclosures (CE A11**; W E08) RCS OvercoolingPressurized Thermal X EG2.4.2 - Knowledge of system 4.5 Shock / 4    set points, interlocks and automatic actions associated with EOP entry conditions (CE A11**; W E08) RCS OvercoolingPressurized Thermal X EG2.4.34 - Knowledge of RO 4.1 Shock / 4    tasks performed outside the main control room during an emergency and the resultant operational effects.
 
(CE A16) Excess RCS Leakage / 2 (CE E09) Functional Recovery (CE E13*) Loss of Forced Circulation/LOOP/Blackout / 4 K/A Category Point Totals:  1 1 2 1 2/2 2/2 Group Point Total:  9(6)/
 
ES-401    4  Form ES-401-2 ES-401  PWR Examination Outline  Form ES-401-2 Plant SystemsTier 2/Group 1 (RO/SRO)
System # / Name  K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 A1 A2 A3 A4 G*  K/A Topic(s)  IR #
003 (SF4P RCP) Reactor Coolant  X  K5.02    5 Pump 003 (SF4P RCP) Reactor Coolant  X A4.07    4 Pump 004 (SF1; SF2 CVCS) Chemical and X  K5.32    6 Volume Control 004 (SF1; SF2 CVCS) Chemical and  X G2.4.41 - Knowledge of the emergency action Volume Control    level thresholds and classification (SF4P RHR) Residual Heat  X  A1.02    7 Removal 005 (SF4P RHR) Residual Heat  X A2.01    8 Removal 006 (SF2; SF3 ECCS) Emergency X  K1.11    10 Core Cooling 006 (SF2; SF3 ECCS) Emergency  X A3.08    9 Core Cooling 007 (SF5 PRTS) Pressurizer  X A3.01    11 Relief/Quench Tank 008 (SF8 CCW) Component Cooling  X G2.4.46  13 Water 010 (SF3 PZR PCS) Pressurizer X  K2.04    15 Pressure Control 012 (SF7 RPS) Reactor Protection  X  A1.01    18 012 (SF7 RPS) Reactor Protection  X A2.06 - Failure of RPS signal to trip the reactor 013 (SF2 ESFAS) Engineered  X A2.05 - Loss of dc control power Safety Features Actuation 013 (SF2 ESFAS) Engineered  X  K6.01    19 Safety Features Actuation 022 (SF5 CCS) Containment Cooling  X G2.4.35  23 025 (SF5 ICE) Ice Condenser 026 (SF5 CSS) Containment Spray X  K4.02    25 039 (SF4S MSS) Main and Reheat  X A2.03    33 Steam 059 (SF4S MFW) Main Feedwater X  K1.04    40 059 (SF4S MFW) Main Feedwater  X A2.07 - Tripping of MFW pump turbine (SF4S AFW)    X G2.2.22 - Knowledge of limiting conditions for Auxiliary/Emergency Feedwater  operations and safety limits 061 (SF4S AFW)  X A2.08    42 Auxiliary/Emergency Feedwater 061 (SF4S AFW)  X  K6.01    43 Auxiliary/Emergency Feedwater 062 (SF6 ED AC) AC Electrical X  K3.02 - ED/G Distribution
 
062 (SF6 ED AC) AC Electrical X  K1.04  44 Distribution 063 (SF6 ED DC) DC Electrical X  K2.01 - Major DC loads  2.9 Distribution 063 (SF6 ED DC) DC Electrical  X A4.01  45 Distribution 064 (SF6 EDG) Emergency Diesel X  K3.01 - Systems controlled by automatic 3.8 Generator    loader 073 (SF7 PRM) Process Radiation  X A4.01 - Effluent release  3.9 Monitoring 076 (SF4S SW) Service Water X  K4.02 - Automatic start features associated with SWS pump controls 078 (SF8 IAS) Instrument Air  X G2.4.50 - Ability to verify system alarm set points and operate controls in the alarm response manual 103 (SF5 CNT) Containment X  K4.06 - Containment isolation system 3.1 103 (SF5 CNT) Containment X  K3.03 - Loss of containment integrity under refueling operations 053 (SF1; SF4P ICS*) Integrated Control K/A Category Point Totals: 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 3/ 2 3 3/ Group Point Total:  28(8)
3 2    /5
 
ES-401    5  Form ES-401-2 ES-401  PWR Examination Outline  Form ES-401-2 Plant SystemsTier 2/Group 2 (RO/SRO)
System # / Name  K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 A A2 A3 A4 G*  K/A Topic(s)  IR #
 
001 (SF1 CRDS) Control Rod Drive X  K2.03    2 002 (SF2; SF4P RCS) Reactor  X  K5.18    3 Coolant 011 (SF2 PZR LCS) Pressurizer  X G2.1.20 - Ability to execute procedures steps. Level Control 011 (SF2 PZR LCS) Pressurizer X  K4.05    17 Level Control 014 (SF1 RPI) Rod Position  X A4.04    20 Indication 015 (SF7 NI) Nuclear    X G2.1.25 - Ability to interpret reference Instrumentation    materials such as graphs, monographs and tables which contain performance dat (SF7 NNI) Nonnuclear  X A3.01 - Automatic selection of NNIS inputs to Instrumentation    control systems 017 (SF7 ITM) In-Core Temperature  X  K6.01    21 Monitor 027 (SF5 CIRS) Containment Iodine X  K1.01    27 Removal 028 (SF5 HRPS) Hydrogen Recombiner and Purge Control 029 (SF8 CPS) Containment Purge  X A1.03    29 033 (SF8 SFPCS) Spent Fuel Pool Cooling 034 (SF8 FHS) Fuel-Handling Equipment 035 (SF 4P SG) Steam Generator  X G2.4.21    31 041 (SF4S SDS) Steam Dump/Turbine Bypass Control 045 (SF 4S MTG) Main Turbine Generator 055 (SF4S CARS) Condenser Air X  K3.01    36 Removal 056 (SF4S CDS) Condensate 068 (SF9 LRS) Liquid Radwaste 071 (SF9 WGS) Waste Gas Disposal 072 (SF7 ARM) Area Radiation Monitoring 075 (SF8 CW) Circulating Water 079 (SF8 SAS**) Station Air 086 Fire Protection  X A2.03 - Inadvertent actuation of the FPS due to circuit failure or weldin (SF 9 CRV*) Control Room Ventilation K/A Category Point Totals:
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0/ 1 1 1/ Group Point Total:  10 (1)/3 1 2
 
ES-401  Generic Knowledge and Abilities Outline (Tier 3)  Form ES-401-3 Facility:  Date of Exam:
Category K/A #  Topic  RO SRO-only IR # IR #
2.1.13 Knowledge of facility requirements for controlling vital / controlled acces .1.29 Knowledge of how to conduct system lineups, such as valves, breakers, switches, ec . Conduct of 2.1.44 Knowledge of RO duties in the control room during fuel Operations  handlin .1.34 Knowledge of primary and secondary chemistry limits .1.45 Ability to identify and interpret diverse indications to validate the response of another indication Subtotal 2.2.39 Knowledge of less than one hour technical specification action statements for system . Knowledge of process for making changes to a procedur . Equipment 2.2.15 Ability to determine the expected plant configuration Control  using design and configuration control documentation 2.2.44 Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system , and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions Subtotal 2.3.13 Knowledge of radiological safety procedures pertaining licensed operator dutie . Radiation 2. Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal Control  and emergency condition . Ability to approve release permits Subtotal 2.4.20 Knowledge of operational implications of EOP warnings, cautions and note .4.21 Knowledge of the parameters and logic used to access the status of safety function . Emergency 2.4.27 Knowledge of fire in plant procedure .4 Procedures/Plan 2.4.19 Knowledge of EOP layout, symbols and icons .4.38 Ability to take actions called for in the facility emergency plan, including supporting or acting as emergency coordinato Subtotal Tier 3 Point Total      10 7
 
ES-407 -4  Record of Rejected K/As  Page 1 of 1 K/A listed in column 2 is the rejected K/A Tier I  Randomly  Reason for Rejection Group Selected K/A T2G2 056A2.04  The K/A is SRO-only and involves the loss of condensate pumps and how this impacts the condensate system. After SRQ  researching the question possibilities, it was determined that testing this K/A at the SRO level is not feasibl NRC Chief Examiner randomly selected 034K5.03 as the replacement K/ ES-401 -4  Record of Rejected K/As  Page 1 of 1 K/A listed in column 2 is the rejected K/A Tier I Randomly  Reason for Rejection Group Selected K/A T1G1 054AG2.2.04 The K/A is SRO-only and requires knowledge of control room unit differences as related to a loss of main feedwate SF1 After researching the question possibilities, it was determined that testing this K/A at the SRO level is not feasible since no significant unit differences exist in response to this abnormal conditio NRC Chief Examiner randomly selected 054AG2.2.04 as the replacement K/ T3 G2.4.19  The K/A is SRO-only and requires knowledge of EOP layout, symbols, and icons. After researching the question RO possibilities, it was determined that testing this K/A at the SRO level is not feasibl NRC Chief Examiner randomly selected G2.4.32 as the replacement K/ ES-401  Written Examination Quality Checklist  Form ES-401-6 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2  Date of Exam: 05/08/2017  Exam Level: ROI SROI Initial Item Description a b* c# Questions and answers are technically accurate and applicable to the facilit /t., NRC K/As are referenced for all question Facility learning objectives are referenced as availabl / SRD questions are appropriate in accordance with Section D.2.d of ES-401  7-z 4 The sampling process was random and systematic (If more than 4 RD or 2 SRO questions were repeated_from_the last two_NRC_licensing_exams,_consult_the NRRJNRO DL_program_office). Question duplication from the licensee screening/audit exam was controlled as indicated below (check the item that applies) and appears appropriate The audit exam was systematically and randomly developed; or the audit exam was completed before the license exam was started; or i-iL the examinations were developed independently; or licensee certifies that there is no duplication; or other (explain) Bank use meets limits (no more than 75 percent from  Bank Modified New the bank, at least 10 percent new, and the rest new or modified); enter the actual RD / SRD-only  21 (28%) / 38(51%)! 16 (21%) / G1J( 4IC question distribution(s) at right  7(28%) 15 (60%) 3 (12%)  0 Between 50 and 60 percent of the questions on the Memo  C/A RD exam are written at the comprehension! analysis level; the SRD exam may exceed 60 percent if the randomly selected K/As support the higher cognitive levels; enter the actual RD / SRD question  35 (47%) / 9 (36%) 40 (53%)! 16 (64%)
distribution(s)_at_righ . References/handouts provided do not give away answers or aid in the elimination of distractor .-. Question content conforms to specific K/A statements in the previously approved examination outline and is appropriate for the tier to which they are assigned; deviations are justifie . Question psychometric quality and format meet the guidelines in ES Appendix .1q1 1 The exam contains the required number of one-point, multiple choice items; the total is correct and agrees with the value on the cover shee Printed Name / Signature  Date Author    .
JZ?i7 Facility Reviewer(*)  ker en NRC Chief Examiner (#)  /    27 NRC Regional SupeMsor
      /    i ( /1 7
*
Note: The facility reviewers initials or signature are not applicable for NRC-developed examination # Independent NRC reviewer initials items in Column c; chief examiner concurrence require ES-401  Written Examination Quality Checklist  Form ES-401-6 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2  Date of Exam: 09/07/2017  Exam Level: ROI SROI
    .
Initial Item Description a b* c*# Questions and answers are technically accurate and applicable to the facilit C.Y1 c:43 NRC K/As are referenced for all question Facility learning objectives are referenced as availabl . SRO questions are appropriate in accordance with Section D.2.d of ES-401  7b i4t 4 The sampling process was random and systematic (If more than 4 RO or 2 SRO questions were repeated_from_the last two_NRC_licensing_exams,_consult the NRRINRO_OL_program_office). Question duplication from the licensee screening/audit exam was controlled as indicated below (check the item that applies) and appears appropriate The audit exam was systematically and randomly developed; or the audit exam was completed before the license exam was started; or the examinations were developed independently; or xthe licensee certifies that there is no duplication; or other (explain) Bank use meets limits (no more than 75 percent  Bank Modified New from the bank, at least 10 percent new, and the rest new or modified); enter the actual RO / SRO-only 22 (29%) / 39 (52%) / 14 (19%) /
question distribution(s) at right  6 (24%) 15 (60%) 4 (16%) Between 50 and 60 percent of the questions on the Memo  C/A RO exam are written at the comprehension /
analysis level; the SRO exam may exceed 60 percent if the randomly selected K/As support the higher cognitive levels; enter the actual RO / SRO 36 (48%) / 10 (40%) 39 (52%) / 15 (60%)
question_distribution(s)_at_righ . References/handouts provided do not give away answers or aid in the elimination of distractor L.., &deg;S Question content conforms to specific K/A statements in the previously approved examination outline and_is_appropriate_for the tier to_which_they_are_assigned;_deviations_are_justifie . Question psychometric quality and format meet the guidelines in ES Appendix A4L 1 The exam contains the required number of one-point, multiple choice items; the total is correct and agrees with the value on the cover shee OJ Printed Name / Signature  Date Author    tZEE Facility Reviewer ()  -n kr    Oq3 (i 7 NRC Chief Examiner (#) /1%gt / ft NRC Regional Supervisor  ci-&#xe7;
      /    gzq (ij
*
Note: The facility reviewers initials or signature are not applicable for NRC-developed examination # Independent NRC reviewer initials items in Column c; chief examiner concurrence require (Revision 10)
 
VOGTLE 2017 RO - SRO INITIAL EXAM REVIEW 60 day PASS WORD protected SENT 2-2 ES-401    Written Examination Review Worksheet    Form ES-401-9 3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job-  #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist  Link  Units ward K/A Only GENERIC COMMENTS: What are the last two examinations using the Vogtle Designation or NRC examinations? There appears to have lots of over lapping issues with previous examinations. I would like to see a table of all questions and where they come from so I can make sure the new questions and previously used question . Need to be consistent with the use of bolding and types of words that are bolde . When an annunciator designator is used ie, ALB05-E02, Spent Fuel.. should there be a coma after the number designator? I believe that there should be a coma there. Discuss with license . Class make up 7 SROi, 2 SROu, 8 ROs 001.AA2.05, Unit 1, C/A, Modified TP . should the word outside be bolded as in the first part where minimum is bolded? I would not want an applicant to miss this by not paying attention to which way the AFD is goin H 2-3        M S 2. KA appears to match 3. Meets modified requirements Otherwise appears to be o Monday, February 27, 2017 Bolded outsid . Ok as is 002K2.03, Unit 1, Modified Vogtle (ILT 19), NRC question 1 Does 1CD1 need to be identified by noun name? KA appears to match Meets modified requirement H 2-3        M S When we meet, would like to have licensee show the panel numbers based on the diagrams they provide . Otherwise appears to be o Monday, February 27, 2017 Do not need to spell out the noun nam K5.18, Unit 1, NEW, C/A No pressure is provided in the Initial conditions. This would show that the unit was in compliance at the beginning. Is this necessary? KA appears to matc H 2-3        N E In the two questions, both refer to the given conditions. Which given condition is the applicant expected to use, the IC or Current Conditions? Is it true that the ONLY document is the heat up curve to be given? Looks like it is
 
3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only and that should be ok. The question states REFERENCES. Should it be REFERENCE? Is the reference provided going to have the wording on the graph? This sort of makes the first part a graph the point and see where it falls. Is this direct look up?
Discuss with removing the curve nomenclature. With the nomenclature in I would think that there is no way that distractors C and D could be a reasonable answer. Discuss with licensee S
Monday, February 27, 2017 Added pressure of 350 Need to add consider each statement separately. In order to insure that the applicants will know to answer separatel A4.07, UNIT 2, Mod VOG 2015, (ILT 20) question 2 . 022AK1.03 original KA, the question provided was from VOG 2013? One is E incorrect, discuss with license . KA appears to match States based on the given conditions, but there are current conditions, should this be 4 H 2-3      M changed to reflect this or is given conditions ok? Meets the modified requirement . Otherwise appears to be o S Monday, February 27, 2017 This is the 2015 questio . Changed to current condition Appears to be ok 003K5.02, UNIT 2, Bank VOG 13 (ILT 18) NRC Q4 KA appears to matc . In first question, why are we telling the applicant that as the RCP flow lowers 5 H 2-3      B E during coastdown, this is teaching and should be removed from the question. It can be asked what happens to DNBR as RCP pump speed decreases? Or something like tha . Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only Why is the procedure in the original question different than in the current question? The original has a DF-1 this one is C- Should the second part for the immediate tripping the reactor include the procedure?
190002- S Not sure I like the items centered, it is harder to rea Discuss recommended changes to the questio Monday, February 28, 2017 Changed to RCP speed lowers The reactor trip is in 18005 not in the 19002 004K5.32, UNIT 1, NEW, KA appears to match Again, using the centered under the 1 and the 2, not sure this is bad but this question S it appears to be o . The answer to me was obvious that freeze protection is NOT the answer. This is very obvious to me. Does it make it plausible?
6 M 2      N Not sure. Is there something else that can be substituted in its place? Did anyone get this incorrect because of freeze protection?
S Tuesday, February 28, 2017 All the systems are in the same procedur This is about as good as we can get i . Ok as it stand A1.02, Unit 1, Audit VOG 14, (ILT19)025AK1.01 KA appears to matc H 2-3      B S Using centering for the answers makes it hard to read, ask licensee to look at and say if it is ok as is or needs to be change A2.01, UNIT 1, MOD 14 (UKT19) NRC 9 007A2.02 KA appears to be matc . Does not meet the modified requirement Therefore, this is considered a Bank
        ?U M  question. Discuss with license F 2-3 B Since the discharge relief valves could S
also OPEN is it possible to run this on the simulator to insure this is a totally correct answer? To ensure if the discharge reliefs opened than so did the suction relief valve open?
 
3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws  5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD        SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job-  #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5)  Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist  Link  Units ward K/A Only Why is distractor that has 8 hours in the second part reasonable for memory when the 8 hours is NOT required memory level? It seems to me that the 1 hour is a given. Discuss with licensee. I would think that this would make this two non plausible distractors. Again discus Tuesday, February 28, 2017 This was modified ok, misunderstood they changed the second part of the questio . Suction only can go to the PR Discharge goes to the RHUT, therefore only one answe . Ops rep states they are required to know this from memor . Should not have been a U to begin wit . Should have been evaluated as an Instructions (Refer to Section D of ES-401 and Appendix B for additional information regarding each of the following concepts: Enter the level of knowledge (LOK) of each question as either (F)undamental or (H)igher cognitive leve . Enter the level of difficulty (LOD) of each question a 1(easy) to 5 ( difficult); (questions with a difficulty between 2 and 4 are acceptable) Check the appropriate box if a psychometric flaw is identified:
* Stem Focus: The stem lacks sufficient focus to elicit the correct answer (e.g., unclear intent, more information is needed, or too much needless information).
 
* Cues: The stem or distractors contain cues (i.e., clues, specific determiners, phrasing, length, etc.).
* T/F: The answer choices are a collection of unrelated true/false statement * Cred. Dist: The distractors are not credible; single implausible distractors should be repaired, more than one is unacceptabl * Partial: One or more distractors is (are) partially correct (e.g., if the applicant can make unstated assumptions that are not contradicted by stem). Check the appropriate box if a job content error is identified:
* Job Link: The question is not linked to the job requirements (i.e., the question has a valid K/A but, as written, is not operational in content).
 
* Minutia: The question requires the recall of knowledge that is too specific for the closed reference test mode (i.e., it is not required to be known from memory).
 
* # / Units: The question contains data with an unrealistic level of accuracy or inconsistent units (e.g., panel meter in percent with question in gallons).
 
* Backward: The question requires reverse logic or application compared to the job requirement . Check questions that are sampled for conformance with the approved K/A and those K/As that are designated SRO-only (K/A and license level mismatches are unacceptable) Enter questions source: (B)ank, (M)odified, or (N)ew. Verify that (M)odified questions meet the criteria of ES-401 Section D. . Based on the reviewer's judgment, is the question as written (U)nsatisfactory (requiring repair or replacement), in need of (E)ditorial enhancement, or (S)atisfactory? At a minimum, explain any "U" Status ratings (e.g., how the Appendix B psychometric attributes are not being met).
 
ES-401      2      Form ES-401-9
 
3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only 006A3.08, UNIT 1, Bank, VOG 13 (ILT18)NRC Q7 KA appears to match For the first question, why is the location for valve 1HV-8811A not identified in the question answer? The second question specifically identifies 9 H 3      B S that valve 1HV-8811B is on the QMC Discuss with licensee to see if QMCB should be at the end of the first questio Otherwise appears to be ok as i Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Did add the position of thi . Ok as change K1.11, UNIT 1, NEW, Fundamental 10 F 2-3      N S KA appears to match Appears to be o A3.01, UNIT 2, Modified, VOG 2105 (ILT20) NRC 8 KA appears to match, was this the same KA for the question ILT 20? Information not listed on exam, at least I do think s . Should maximum be capitalized and or 11 F 2-3      M S BOLDED. Need to ensue this is consistent with what the applicant understand . Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28 2017 Bolded maximum as requeste . Ok as is 008AA1.08, UNIT 1, Mod 2008 (ILT15)NRC Q10, 007K1.01, Higher KA appears to matches States no references are provided. How is the applicant expected to answer this without Steam Tables?
12 H      S Do operators have this information in their head? Discuss with licensee. Ask licensee to use stm tables to ideni-==o[0 Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Will provide steam tables on the exam 008G2.4.46, Modified VOG 15(ILT20) NRC Q 29 with KA = 026G2.4.46, C/A, UNIT 1 KA appears to match 13 H 3      M S Unit 1 Appears to meet modified requirement . Appears to be ok
 
3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only 009EK3.11, UNIT 2, REUSE VOG15 (ILT20),
NRC Q 51, 074EA1.17, memory 1. KA appears to matc E 2. The question was changed for the pressure. The old pressure was 200 psig, and that was associated with core cooling, and this was changed to 120 14 F 2-3      B psig. The 200 appears in ECA 2.0 and the 120 is in C-1. WHY did we change this question?
S Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 1. EOP value change . Ok as i K2.04, BANK, VOG06, NRC Q15 KA appears to match Are the operators expected to know from memory these power supply for these safety valves? In the reference material with this question, it appears there are a few pages of Westinghouse Proprietary Class 2 information. IS this PROPRIETARY?? How are we supposed to handle this 15 F 2-3      B S documentation? Ask license . Appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Expected to know power supplies to the monitor . The material was original construction documentation, the proprietary should have been removed. The final version will be change EA2.08, NEW, C/A, UNIT 1, KA appears to match THE licensee needs to explain what the distractor means by saying complete one train at a time. I think this could mean 16 H 2-3      N E that the applicants should try to do each separately. Stopping the A train of SIPs then B train of SIPs then A train of CCPs and then B train of CCPs. I need to have this explaine . Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only Not a very hard or C/A ability to determine answers. The first part is memory level which is in the notes of a procedure. The second one is looking at a table with all the information on the page. Discuss with license S Other than that appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 The question was rewritten to have one train then the alternate train of that system removed from service. The change makes this cleare K4.05, MOD, VOG 17(ILT19) NRC Q 49, 065AA2.08, 17 H 2-3      M S KA appears to match Appears to be ok No issues 012A1.01, Bank 013 (ILT18) NRC Q16, UNIT 2 18 H 2-3      B S KA appears to match Appears to be o K6.01, Mod VOG 14 (ILT19) NRC Q 18, KA appears to match Is it necessary to say that the bistables are de-energized? This seems to me that this has to deal with the HI 1 or HI 2 In both questions, should minimum be 19 H 2-3      B S bolded so it is not missed? IT was bolded in the bank versio . Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Bolded minimiz . Ok as i A4.04, NEW, Memory, UNIT 1, KA appears to match When answering this question, the operator has to assume that 1HS-40039, has been reset. If during the exam someone asks the proctor this, what will the answer be? Assume that all actions 20 F      N S have functioned properly prior to moving 1HS-40038? Appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 The reference for the HS above does not have anything to do with the question. It was there for plausibilit . OK as is
 
3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only 017K6.01, MOD VOG 2011, (ILT17),NRC Q 20 same KA, UNIT 1 KA appears to be a repeat and appears to match The question meets the modified requirement . Would the licensee change the order of the second questions answers to start with 21      M S WILL NOT then WILL and so forth so the answer will be A instead of B? This being asked because the original questions answer was Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Does not have to be changed. Will leave this as the originally presente . Ok as i AK1.04, NEW, UNIT 1, Fundamental/Memory KA appears to NOT meet the KA. The KA asks the reader to determine the reason for swapping from manual to automati U The question asks the reader to determine IF permission is required from the S This is not quite the same. Discuss with the licensee. Discuss with other Chief Examine F 2-3      N The question is ok, however it does not match the KA. Discuss with licensee and talk about replacin Tuesday, February 28, 2017 S New part 1. Ok with the change, see exam Second part change to pressure level control system vice controller to automati Not speaking about a specific devic G2.4.35, UNIT 1, Bank, Vog 11, (ILT17) NRC Q 44, KA changed 062AA2.03 E KA appears to match A character space is needed as in 23 F 2-3      B is (are)
Otherwise, appears to be o S Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Added space 025AA1.09, MOD 15 (ILT20), NRC Q 27, 025AK2.02, Unit H 2-3      M E KA appears to match For the second part, the procedure uses a capitol C for Cold legs. I think this
 
3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only should be capitalized also. Change to Col S Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Changed to Cold Legs 026K4.02, MOD CR 11, VOG 14 (ILT19), NRC Q 75, WE16EKK2.02, Unit 1, FUND KA appears to match Should minimum be bolded, as in other questions previously? Meets modified criteria Question for second part could be changed to ask about the scrubbing of 25 M 2      M S Iodine, the amount of time to run to get all the Iodine out which would be 2 hours vice the 1.5 that is there now. Not required to chang Otherwise it appears ok Tuesday, February 28, 2017 No change is necessary. Ok as was presente AK2.03, MOD 11(ILT 17) NRC Q26 same KA KA appears to match Meets Modified criteri . This question is designated as a C/A, I am not sure what was used to determine tha They have to determine what happens 26 H 2-3      M S when pressure decreases and what signal needs to do to get that correct. This is not very high. More like a memory level to m Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Made this memory ok 027K1.01, NEW, Memory, UNIT 1 27 F 2      N S KA appears to match Appears to be ok 028AK3.02, UNIT 2, NEW, C/A, KA appears to match Should the word LEVEL in the initial conditions be bolded? I would like to insure that whomever reads this does not 28 H 3      N S miss level. Ask licensee to look a . I would ask to write the first question as, As reactor power lowers, with no additional operator actions, Ask licensee to read and see if bette Otherwise appears to be o . Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Level is ok Changed the second part as requeste Reads cleane A1.03, UNIT 1, NEW, Memory KA appears to matc . Based on the information provided, the E pressure posed in the question is too high to start the exhust pump. While the pump is not required it really should NOT be started at this pressure. Are the words is 29 F 2-3      N  and Is NOT the appropriate to describe what the necessary action is appropriat Discuss with licensee to see if there is a better way to write thi S Otherwise it appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Added the procedure requirement to see if they should start the syste EK2.06, MOD 14 (ILT19), NRC Q 29, 029EG2.4.34, UNIT 1 KA appears to matc . Question is a little different, on what is E
asked but as it turns out the same answer is correct. And is the same answe . Has the procedure numbers changed recently? It seems that they have and this 30 H 2-3      M procedure no longer has a C at the en Is this correct? Licensee to describ Otherwise, question appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 S EOP Changed the second part to add the annunciator that comes i . Ok as changed 035G2.4.21, UNIT 1, MOD Vog 15 (ILT20), NRC Q13, 009EA1.06, KA appears to match Question appears to meet modification requirement . Have licensee explain why 19235-1 is the 31 H 3      M S correct answer. I dont understand why it is. Please explain why it is that way?
Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Reviewed the Flow chart, ok as is
 
3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only 08EK1.03, NEW, UNIT 1 32 H 2-3      N S KA appears to match Appears to be o A2.03, MOD 10(ILT16), NRC Q74, G2.1.23, UNIT- . KA appears to match The question is essentially the same. The initial conditions are exactly the sam U The same numbers are being used the value calculated for identified leakage is E the sam . The difference is that the way the question is presented. That is more confusing then the new questio H 3      M The answer is the same. The answer is supposed to be the sam . Change the actual initial conditions numbers to give the same answer but has new number .
S Tuesday, February 28, 2017 This is now evaluated as a bank questio Originally it was an SRO question that was dumbed down for the RO tes .
054AK3.01, Modified VOG 11 (ILT 17) NRC Q 83 054AG2.1.7, C/A, UNIT 1 KA appears to match Only the second part of this question was used on this test. The entire ILT-17 question was on the SRO only tes . What is the convention for identifying or insuring the applicants will not miss a 34 H 2-3      M S particular emphasized word? Ask licensee, is bolding ONLY going to be used?
Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 #2 above does not make sense, have no idea what I meant on this commen . ONLY was not in the question abov EAEA2.01, Modified, UNIT 1 McGuire 2010 Q 48 KA appears to match, 35 H 2-3      M S Appears to be ok Tuesday, February 28, 2017
 
3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only 055K3.01, UNIT 1, MOD, VOG 08 (ILT15),NRC Q 36 KA appears to match For distractors C and D first part, why U would anyone think that there would be nothing happening? Did anyone select this answer? I would believe that the other answer raises would be better than remains the same. Discuss with license This may have to be change Changing of first part of C and D may not be an U 36 H 2-3      M Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Changed to will or will not lowe . Changed the first part to Reactor Power S vice MW output. This removes the Main Turbine condenser loss or lowering and then entry into the Loss of Condenser Vacuu . This is a better way to ask since RX power has to be evaluated vice vacuum or MW lowering . Appears to be much better question 056AA2.88, UNIT 1, MOD VOG 15(ILT20), NRC Q19 013A1.04, C/A 37 H      M S KA appears to match; Meets modified requirements Appears to be o AG2.4.18 001, M/F, Unit 2 1. KA appears to partially match. Ask licensee to explain how the question covers the bases!
E 2. The question meets the modified requiremen . Otherwise appears to be o Monday, January 23, 2017 38 F 2-3      M  1. Modified VOG 15(ILT20), NRC Q 46, 063K1.03, and VOG 14(ILT19) NRC Q 39 057AK3.0 . Material states that cell reversal is the E battery damage that can occur, can the answer be changed to cell reversal for A 2 and C.2?
3. Additionally, how many individuals selected hydrogen production as a
 
3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only viable answer? Any over the course of the question? To me this does not make sense as a reasonable answe Discuss this with the licensee if this can be change S 4. Modified as change Tuesday, February 28, 2017 1. Changed to cell reversal as suggeste . Hydrogen build up was not selecte . OK as is 058AK3.01, Bank VOG 11, (ILT17), NRC Q 39, UNIT 1 KA appears to match Should the first statement say that the pull to run/ push to stop be pushed to the STOP position. This is really not evident what is being done. Ask license . Have the licensee show a picture of the local breaker hand switch or of the Trip Pushbutton. I want to make sure this is 39 H 2-3      M S being described properl Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Looking to change the thought of how to ask the questio . Look at the NEW question that is being developed. Mike Giles Ops Re . Developing a new questio . See TEST for new questio . Appears to be o K1.04, UNIT 1, NEW, KA appears to match Not a very high C/A level questio . The word final in both statements, should this be bolded? To insure there is no mix up in what is being asked? Ask licensee if this meets the bolding requirement . Are the periods, necessary in each of the 40 H 2      N S two bullets under current conditions?
Licensee? Should the word prior be also bolded? ASK?
Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Did bold final Yes do use periods, that is o . Question as changed is O . Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only 060AA1.01, UNIT 1, REUSE VOG14(ILT19) NRC Q 51, 071A3.03, KA appears to match 41 F      B S IPC is what? Does this need to be in the question? Integrated plant compute Appears to be o A2.08, Bank VOG 11 (ILT 17) Audit, Q 43. fund KA appears to match HOW many individuals selected 535, and E if so, if they did, why did they select tha is the normal rate to fill all 4 S/Gs, I would think that if you selected this, then you dont know the normal numbers. Ask licensee to explain why this is a good number. Other than reading the blurb in the explanatio F 2-3      B Other than this appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Changed to 1260 gpm , ATWT two S pumps running 2 pumps running, 600 gpm SOP has a caution shall limit greater than 600 gpm See how the question was modified on the exam. Removed the procedure name out and put in the top of the questio K6.01, REUSE Bank VOG 15 (ILT20), NRC Q 43, UNIT 1, 43 H 3      B S KA appears to match What was the failure rate of this question?
Appears to be ok 026K1.04, UNIT 1, Bank, VOG 11 (ILT17) Audit, Q 46, KA appears to match Add a line space between the question and the beginning of the Which one of the following So the applicant can read this easie H 2-3      B S What caused the reverse power to occur?
Is this just a statement being made, how would the applicant know this occurred based on the information? Have licensee explain thi Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 To ensure the reversal is told to operator
 
3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only 063A4.01, UNIT 2, MOD VOG 11 (ILT17), NRC Q 46, 063K4.04, KA appears to matc Question appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 45 H 3      M S Ok as i . Add to the first question a type of failur For example an overcurrent failure occurred on the CCP B. Rather than the generic failure. See the test for the change G2.1.30, UNIT 1, MOD 14 (ILT19), AUDIT Q 28, KA appears to match Why did you use in the direction for starting the DG as an attempt, rather than 46 H 3      M S just to start the DG. I would rather have you just say start the D Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Changed as suggeste K4.10. UNIT 2, MOD, VOG LOIT 063A3.12, KA appears to match 47 H      M S Appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 067AA2.13, F/M, Unit . KA appears to matc . Meets modified criteri . Appears to be o F 2      M S Tuesday, January 24, 2017 Nothing needs to be done , ok as is Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Ok as i A3.02, Unit ?, Bank, VOG 13 (ILT18), NRC Q G2.3.11, C/A KA appears to match Does ODCM need to be spelled out? In the explanation ODCM is proceeded by VGEP, is this necessary for the question 49 H 2-3      B S itself? ASK license . Does the #9 need to be added to the question? IT should be. I believ Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Added the # 9 as suggeste . Ok as i AK2.07, Unit 1, looks like. Modified VOG 13, 50 H 2-3      B S 006G2.1.30, C/A KA appears to match
 
3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only Should the shutdown panel be labeled as PSDA like in the previous question?
Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 SDP A was use . Ok as i K3.01, Bank, VOG 13 (ILT18), NRC Q 48 073A2.02, C/A KA appears to match 51 H 3      BM S Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 ok 076A1.02, UNIT 1, MOD VOG 15(ILT20) NRC Q 52, 076K3.01, M/F KA appears to match Meets mods requirements 52 H 3      BM S Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Bold ris . Ok as change A3.02, UNIT 1, Bank VOG 10(ILT 16) NRC Q 55 M/F, KA appears to matc . MLB is main light board, Correct?
53 F 2-3      B S Appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Monitor light bo . ok 076 AG 2.4.21, Modified, Unit 1 KA appears to match Meets modified criteria 54 F 2-3      M S Appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Changed major actions to be all caps like in the procedur AK1.02, UNIT 1, New, C/A, KA appears to match How is the indication identified in the MCR 55 H      N E  for MVAR (OUT)? Appears to be teaching if using both lagging and OUT? Discuss with licensee what is seen by the operators, lagging, out
 
3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only In the first part of the question, the stem identifies that excessive lagging causes over-excitation. This is teachin Question should be re-written to remove teaching in the ste S Needs to be fixe Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Removed the excessive lagging from the first question. This removed the teaching which is not allowe A4.01, UNIT 1, MOD 14 (ILT19) NRC Q 56 KA appears to matc H 3      M S Appears to be ok Tuesday, February 28, 2017 ok 078K2.01, Bank (IL17), Audit Q 56, C/A, unit 1 KA appears to Should the reactor have tripped?
57 H 3      B S Appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 ok 101K3.03, UNIT 2, REUSE, 2015(ILT20) NRC Q 57,memory, . KA appears to be match I believe that adding the word is after and would read better. emergency airlock door is open and IS NOT Ask licensee Reuse  what they thin F 3      S Bank Why is MINIMUM not bolded in the first question? Is that not a standard that is supposed to be used in this situation? Ask licensee if this is or is not correc Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Ok as changed G2.1.26, Unit 1, MOD VOG 15 (ILT20) NRC 74 KA appears to match Is there a procedure that identifies a lower flammability limit and an upper flammability limit? Is the word lower 59 F      M S necessary for the first question?
Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Added the procedure for the above informatio G2.1.40, Unit 2, Bank 13(ILT18),
60 F 2-3      B S NRC Q 30 034A2.03, KA appears to match
 
3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only Appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Add to the second statement that based on the current conditions See the exam for change G2.207, NEW, Unit X, M/F KA appears to match Are the examples of the second part something that plant management expects ROs to know from memory? I need to have the OPS rep insure that this is E  required knowledge. It does not seem to be something I would expect to be memorized. Ask licensee how was the performance on this part of the question?
Verification of second part is important for validatio NOT RO KNOWLEDG F 2-3      N Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Objective to perform frequently performed tasks and evolutions. Less frequent than 12 month basis. Or yearly. This is something an SO, system operator, is required to know. Therefore the RO should S  know thi . Ok as is Will need to change the first part to make this a is or is not required to have an IPTE Or will have is or is not conducted by line managemen G2.2.12, UNIT X, NEW, M/F, KA appears to matc E NOT sure this is RO knowledge. This depends on what the OPS rep states. If this is expected then I will accept this knowledge requiremen F 3      N  Discuss with OPS and see if they feel this is RO knowledge. .
Tuesday, February 28, 2017 S This is understanding the definition of the requirements. Extentions and what to do when they are missed. SO ROs are required to kno .3.04, VOG 13 (ILT 18), NRC Q 96, G2.3.07, UNIT X
1. KA appears to matc F 3      M S 2. WHO is the Systems Operator (SO)? Is that a licensed operator?
3. meets modified
 
3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only Appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 SO is a non licensed operato G2.3.13, UNIT 1, Bank VOG 11(ILT 17), NRC Q 27, 028A2.02, KA appears to matc F 2-3      B S Appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 G2.3.14, Bank, VOG 11(ILT17), NRC 67, C/A, UNIT 1, KA appears to matc . IS it expected that the applicants know that RE-12116 and 12117 are Radiation monitors? The noun name I believe is 65 H 2-3      B S incomplete name? Ask licensee if need to add radiation monitor Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 RE us radiation element. So it is always radiation instrument . The crew is required to G2.4.23, MOD, VOG 15(ILT 20), NRC Q 67,.UNIT . KA appears to match Meets modification of previous questio Has a new answe H 3      M S What is pressure doing? Increasing?
Appears to be ok Wednesday, March 01, 2017 Will add that containment pressure is stabl G2.4.29, NEW, Unit 1, M/F KA appears to match In the Given the following. Either put ALERT in all caps or in quotes Aler . Verify from OPS rep that they agree this is basic RO knowledge? Are they expected to know this from memory, or are ROs 67 F 3      N S basic Emergency Communicators? I do not believe this is newly qualified RO knowledg If OPS states this is RO knowledge then ok, if not need to replace?
Wednesday, March 01, 2017 All cap . Ok as RO knowledg . Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only G.4.43, UNIT 1, Mod 14 (ILT19) NRC G2.1.8, M/F KA appears to match E Add to the correct answer second part remote shutdown channel. So the complete answer would be 68 F 2      M  sound powered telephones, remote shutdown channel, red box) to make the answer as stated in the procedur Otherwise it appears to be o S Wednesday, March 01, 2017 Changed as suggested WE04.A1.03, Unit 1, MOD VOG 11 (ILT17), NRC 71 KA appears to matc . Meets modification E/U This question basically uses the current conditions at what has happened when the action was taken place. The question is not really clear that once you take the action in question 1 then you are to 69 H      M evaluate if the action took place. This is not really clear, at least in my vie . Discuss this with licensee to see if we can S make it more clear. Discuss with license Wednesday, March 01, 2017 Removed the and which results in being able to answer each separately. This fixes the concern abov WE05 EK2.01, Unit 1 MOD VOG 15(ILT20) NRC Q 38, 054AK3.04, KA appears to I thought on a Rx trip, the Rx Trip breakers E would open, and once they both open, all that had to be done was to close the Does this not in itself reset P-4? I would not think that this is cycling the Rx trip breaker. Discuss with licensee to 70 H 3      M understand how this is done. If it is as I described above, then the question needs to be change . If it is not as I described then can leave it S as i Otherwise appears to be o Wednesday, March 01, 2017 Added to the first statement, to momentarily closing the . Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only WE08EK1.01, Unit 2, Mod VOG15(ILT20) NRC Q 69 WE03EA2.02, and VOG LOCT bank LO-LP-37071-04 MCS 003 KA appears to match Meets modified requirements The original question is harder than this one. This is more memorization than C/ Will allow the C/A designator but has 71 H 2-3      M S mostly memorization that is used to answer the questio Otherwise appears to be ok Wednesday, March 01, 2017 Have to remember that they cannot change temperatur . Maintains it is still C/A Bold the maximum in the second questio WE10EKEK2.02, NEW, Unit 1, KA appears to match What was the results of distractors A and E/U B? Did anyone select A or B? I would think NOT. Not sure that 220 is a reasonable temperature to us . Is the second part of the question 72 H 2-3      N  reasonable for an RO applicant? Can 220 be argued that it is below 350 and therefore a potential correct answer?
Discuss with license S Wednesday, March 01, 2017 RO is required to know, notes and precautions and limitation . Changed to 250 vice 22 WE11EG2.4.06, UNIT 1, MOD VOG 14(ILT19) NRC Q 74, WE11G2.1.25, and VOG 11 (ILT17) NRC Q 74 KA appears to match If both containment spray pumps are running, should the pressure be going down in the containment? The stem has 73 H 3      M S pressure steady at 23 psig should it be going down?
Otherwise appears to be o Wednesday, March 01, 2017 This is done specifically to have a steady pressure so that the applicant uses it in the table he has to us . Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only WE12G2.1.32, Unit 1, C/A, MOD VOG 15 (ILT20)
NRC Q 72, WE12EG2.4.20, KA appears to match E How did this question validate? I would think that this information may not be RO knowledge. Is this ok knowledge for ROs to know?
74 H 3      M Is the RO expected to know RNOs of each major step in the procedure, this case step 4 RN . Ask OPS rep to insure this is expected S knowledge, even though this is a KA Wednesday, March 01, 2017 Yes RO knowledg . Bolded minimu WE15EK3.01, Unit 1, Bank, Harris 2008, Audit WE15EK1.2 and Vogtle ILT15R, Audit WE15G2.4.11 KA appears to match U Do not agree with analysis of second part for A or C distractors. Post LOCA-reactivity transient. What is a post LOCA reactivity transient? This does not make sense to me. Replace with something els . Put this question in two column format like in the previous questio C 3      B Monday, January 30, 2017 Appears to be changed and appears to be o S Wednesday, March 01, 2017 Bolded primar SRO ONLY
 
3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only 024AA2.04, Unit 1, REUSE Vogtle 2014 (ILT19)
NRC Question 96 G2.2.25, M/F Bank KA appears to match In the RWST parameters, add the degree symbol or add the word degree . Is it necessary in the Given conditions that the Emergency boration is in progress?
This should be evident based on the conditions provided. I would not provide this, I would suggest removal of this line, I think it provides teaching. Discuss with license . Add the degree symbol in 47&deg; F F      E The use of bolding in the second part of the question is different than in the pas Normally not used to identify accident Ask licensee the convention. It appears to be ok but make sure consisten . Why in this question was the second part for distractors C and D changed to something else, other than the original question. This is different. Almost a 76 2-3      B  modified questio . The bolding in distractor a and c is not the same for the same accident. This should be consistent. Need to look at and make the sam . Appears to meet SRO level requirement Monday, January 30, 2017 004G2.1.23, Unit 1, REUSE 2015, (ILT20) NRC Question 3, M/F KA appears to match Should the applicants know that if there F      S was a loss of all AC power, then no RCPs are running? Is this necessary to be told to the applicants First question is system knowledge of how the system work . Second question procedural knowledge appears to be o Appears to be o Feb 27, ok as is, do not change the RCP are not running. OK as i . Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only 062AA2.06, Unit1, Modified Vogtle 2013 (ILT18),
Higher KA appears to match Appears to be SRO level 3. Add the degree symbol where it is E necessary. &deg; How does this question NOT provide a key B/  to implicating that level is the answer in the previous question\? The incorrect answer for the second part, I would suggest that you use 10CFR20 77 H 3        limits as a plausible incorrect answe . Otherwise appears to be o Monday, January 30, 2017 003AG2.4.41, UNIT1, Modified 11(ILT 17) NRC 76, M
001AA2.03, KA appears to matc S References provided appear to be ok. Will they be the normal size? Should be bigger than these because you cannot read these to answer the questio . Appears to be o Feb 2/28 OK as is they will have 065AG2.1.07. Unit 2, BANK Vogtle 2013 (ILT18)
NRC Question 89 065AA2.05, Memory 1. KA appears to matc . Appears to be SRO based on the second part. But does not appear to be that challengin . Otherwise appears to be o Monday, January 30, 2017 007EG2.4.31, UNIT 2, MOD, VOG15 (ILT20) NRC Q 05, 007EA2.06 KA appears to matc . The second part is kind of trivial and RO 78 F 2-3      B S knowledge. When I first read the question I didnt read the BYB A breake . There is NO place in the question that explains what BYB is. IS this necessary to insure the applicants do not have to as . It is not clear from the question what procedure you are in at the time of asking the questions. I originally thought that they were in E-0 then had already transitioned to FR- . Have licensee discuss the way this question is supposed to flo May be ok as i . Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only Monday, February 27, 2017 Appears to be o A2.04, MOD13 (ILT18), NRC Q 87, 062G2.2.44, H, UNIT . KA appears to match During review with licensee, would like to see a one line diagram to understand how these busses are connected to each othe . First part of the question is RO knowledg Second part is SRO use of TS procedur H 2-3      MOD S TS in question is 3.8.9, provided TS 3. Was this a mistake? Is it necessary to add ESF sequencer to Train A in the first question? Yes is necessary. Leave this in the questio Otherwise appears to be o Monday, February 27, 2017 No references provide AA2.10, NEW, C/A 1. KA appears to match 2. At time 1005, there is a statement that says, the ACCW supply line to RCP #1 becomes blocked. HOW has this been determined? Is there an annunciator that tells the crew this? Or is it determined from the two ALB04-A03 and ALB04-04 annunciators this is 80 H 2-3      New S determined? Remove the first statement about the ACCW supply line to RCP # 1. Discuss with license . So NCP is the charging pump. Should this state that the running NCP trips?
The ONLY NCP?
Otherwise appears to be ok
        .Monday, February 27, 2017 1. Ok as is .
015G2.4.47, MOD 14 (ILT19) NRC Q 77, C/A 001G.2.1.19 KA appears to match I would like licensee to show me how to do 81 H 3      M S this calculatio Otherwise appears to be ok Monday, February 27, 2017 Ok as is 024AA2.04, Unit 2, MOD 14 (ILT19), NRC Q 96 82 F 3      M S G2.2.25, M/F
 
3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only KA appears to match Is it expected that SRO applicants are expected to know from memory level and temperature of RWST and what their TS values are? Ask the OPS rep to see if they agre Otherwise appears to be ok Monday, February 27, 2017 States yes this is something SRO is expected to know from memor . Appears to be o A2.02, Unit 1, MOD 08 (ILT15) NRC Q 84, c/a KA appears to match References are ok to us . Capitalize ALERT in the questio . In the question before, the use of word 83 H      M S REFERENCE vice REFERENCES is used. Is there a difference to the site? IF not, lets discuss this some tim Appears to be ok Monday, February 27, 2017 Did capitalize ALER AA2.04, MOD VOG 14 (ILT 19) NRC Q 83, 025AG2.4.30, UNIT 2, C/A KA appears to match Capitalize ALERT E Not sure why distractor with 1215 is that plausible. I think it would be better to have it 1120 from the time of the start of the 84 H 2-3      M scenario or 1125 or 1115. Discuss with license . What was the validation of the question?
How did the evaluators do?
S Monday, February 27, 2017 Changed to 112 . Ok as changed 029EG2.2.38, UNIT 1, M/F, Bank VOG 13 (ILT18)
NRC Q 83, 029EG2.4.18, KA appears to match ON step 20 of the procedure, it asks if 85 F 2-3      M E/S temp is less than 1200, the answer is no, 1208, but then the RNO asks if temp is greater than 1200 and rising. IT is still 1208 but it is lowering, but how long will
 
3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only the applicant be expected to determine that temperature is going down? I am not sure if the way this is going to work during the exam. I think that there could be two answers. Discuss with licensee How did this validate?
S Monday, February 27, 2017 Do not have 2 answers, my mis-understanding of the way the procedure step was interprete . Ok as is and should not have been an E/ should have just been an A2.03, UNIT 1, REUSE VOG 14 (ILT 19) NRC Q 87, C/A KA appears to match RMWST, RWST, I passed right over that 86 H 3      B Re-use S in the two choice Appears to be o Monday, February 27, 2017 Repeat from the last two test AA2.08, UNIT 1, MOD VOG 14(ILT19) NRC Q 30, 033AG2.2.44, C/A KA appears to match Why is it necessary to state that N35 FAILS low, Why can it just be said it is full scale low, or below the full scale. I dont care for using failed lo . How did this question validate? In the stem of the question, what is the 87 H 3      M S value of the Nis is it 3 E (-) 5, is there a minus sign there? When at the site, ask licensee to explain the mechanism for evaluating the logic diagram with the red explanation block Otherwise appears to be o Monday, February 27, 2017 Pegged low vice fails lo . Bypass light permissiv K5.03, UNIT 1, MOD VOG10 (ILT16) NRC Q 95, G2.1.44, 88 H 3      M S KA appears to match Appears to be o A2.03, UNIT 2, Reference MOD VOG15 (O:T 20)
NRC Q, 88 89 H 3      M S KA appears to matches Appears to be o . Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only 062AA2.06, UNIT 1, MOD VOG 13 (ILRT18), NRC Q 84, 034A1.02, KA appears to matc . The original question talks about the annunciator alarming in the MCR. IS this necessary for this and other questions?
Ask license . In order to make 10CFR20 more plausible I would think that a site boundary value of within the thyroid valve for radiation in the 90 H 2-3      M S stem of the question would make this more reasonable. I believe there is a 5 rem to thyroid this would make the part 20 value more reasonable to trip an applicant on. Discuss with license Otherwise appears to be o Monday, February 27, 2017 Ok as is, do not change thi . There was a mistake of where this question from the original 10 question They changed to 10CFR 2 G2.2.22, UNIT 1, MOD VOG 15(ILT20), NRC Q 90, 064A2.21, M/F KA appears to matc . What procedure is the SRO determining Inoperable? Should this be TS put in there so that , if another procedure comes about then we can ensure that we are just E/U speaking to the TS. No other procedur Discuss with license . ASK the OPS rep if this question is reasonable to answer without the procedure? This is greater than 1 hour, 91 F        why would the applicant be expected to know from memory? Discuss with licensee. Is this reasonable? I do not believe it i Monday, February 27, 2017 No reference . OPS rep states should be expected to know this from memory S Remove the word IN, This does not work for the 4 hours and 24 hours. Could use the NOT a U to begin with. I thought that the hours were not required but they ar . Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only 965AG2.1.07, UNIT 2, M/F, Bank VOG 13 (ILT18),
NRC Q 89 065AA2.05 KA appears to match The only change that I would make is to use demineralized vice demin. Demin is 92 F 2-3      B S not used in the procedure reference provide Otherwise appears to be o Monday, February 27, 2017 Changed as requeste . Ok as is 074EG2.1.20, UNIT 2, Bank, VOG 13 (ILT18), NRC Q 80, 011EA2.07, C/A 93 H 3      B S KA appears to match Appears to be o G2.1.34, NEW, UNIT 1, M/F KA appears to Match Should the type of SGTR be used, the design basis tube rupture? Will all SGTRs be 94 F 3      N S Appears to be o Monday, February 27, 2017 Looks like this does not matter. Per the TS this does not matte . Ok as i G 2.1.45, Unit 1, MODIFIED Vogtle 2015 (ILT20)
NRC Question 86 040AG2.2.4 . KA appears to match 2. Appears to be SRO in second part. First part is R . Add commas in the ALB01-06, IS it true that there will only be the data sheet?
5. Are SRO applicants expected to know the 95 F      M S TS less than or equal to 120 deg F? the averag . Should the words unidentified leak be bolded in the stem of the question?
Seems it should be 7. Otherwise appears to be o Monday, February 27, 2017 TS has unidentified leak as in all CAP Will just bold as suggeste . Ok as change G2.2.23, Unit 1, NEW, C/A, 96 H 3      N S KA appears to matc . Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only Appears to be SRO level Tech Spec 3.5.2, page 3.5.2-1, Amendment No. 176, is this the ONLY reference, correct!
4. Should maximum be bolded in the first question? Consistency!
5. Answer analysis for A , third sentence, misspelled word, Comeplets Same word in distractor C analysis, third sentenc . I would suggest that the word FIRST be placed in the following area fill in blank must FIRST Look at question to see what this mean . Otherwise appears to be o Thursday, February 02, 2017 1. Looking at the above suggestions 2. Is it reasonable that the only reference provided is sufficient? Need to make sure this is correc Monday, February 27, 2017 1. Maximum bolded 2. Fixed the FIRST as suggested. Must first b G2.2.37, UNIT 1, MOD VOG 15 (ILT20), NRC Q 76, 002G2.2.37, KA appears to matc . For some reason, I do not like the 50 degree value. Not sure why but I dont E think there is a good number that is plausible. IS there some other value that can be use F 2-3  X    M How did this validate on those who took the question, what did they say why they didnt or did pick the 50 deg F. 75 percent, others did pick 50 Discuss with license S Monday, February 27, 2017 This 50 is an ok value. Ok with i . Appears to be o . 50 is starting RCP G2.3.12, Bank VOG 11 (ILT 17), NRC Q 90 103A2.02, UNIT 1n M/F 98 F 3      B S KA appears to match Is the word OFF capitalized for the breaker position? Ask licensee to verif . Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .
6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD      SR  8. Explanation Stem  Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)
(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia  O Focus  Dist Link Units ward K/A Only Otherwise appears to be ok Monday, February 27, 2017 G2.3.15, UNIT 1, MOD VOG 14(ILT19), NRC Q 66 and VOG 15 (ILT20), Audit Question 84 055G2.1.19, C/A KA appears to match Add comma between annunciator name and positio H 3      M S RE-724, what is the exact noun name?
is it as it is?
Otherwise appears to be o Monday, February 27, 2017 Changed to Steam line rad, but not Nitrogen 16 Ok G2.4.21, UNIT 1, Bank VOG 10(ILTR) NRC Q 83, 026A2.03, C/A KA appears to match WHY is it necessary to state that containment spray pumps are NOT E running, why do you not just us a pressure that these should not be on ye . What pressure does the Containment spray pump automatically start? It looks 100 H 2-3 like it should not have stopped? Was this pump stopped manually? Appears to be ok but do not understand how the CS pumps are NOT runnin Monday, February 27, 2017 S .5 containment spray pump actuatio . Need to tell them no pumps are runnin To get the crew on the correct spo . Should have been a S no E requiremen ES401  V G20179 Partial  Written Examination Review Worksheet  Form ES4019 Instructions
[Refer to Section D of ES-401 and Appendix B for additional information regarding each of the following concepts.]
1. Enter the level of knowledge (LOK) of each question as either (F)undamental or (H)igher cognitive level.
 
2. Enter the level of difficulty (LOD) of each question using a 1 to 5 (easy to difficult) rating scale (questions in the 2 to 4 range are acceptable).
 
3. Check the appropriate box if a psychometric flaw is identified:
a. The stem lacks sufficient focus to elicit the correct answer (e.g., unclear intent, more information is needed, or too much needless information).
 
b. The stem or distractors contain cues (i.e., clues, specific determiners, phrasing, length, etc).
 
c. The answer choices are a collection of unrelated true/false statement d. The distractors are not credible; single implausible distractors should be repaired, more than one is unacceptabl e. One or more distractors is (are) partially correct (e.g., if the applicant can make unstated assumptions that are not contradicted by stem).
 
4. Check the appropriate box if a job content error is identified:
a. The question is not linked to the job requirements (i.e., the question has a valid K/A but, as written, is not operational in content).
 
b. The question requires the recall of knowledge that is too specific for the closed reference test mode (i.e., it is not required to be known from memory).
 
c. The question contains data with an unrealistic level of accuracy or inconsistent units (e.g., panel meter in percent with question in gallons).
 
d. The question requires reverse logic or application compared to the job requirements.
 
5. Check questions that are sampled for conformance with the approved K/A and those that are designated SRO-only (K/A and license level mismatches are unacceptable).
 
6. Enter question source: (B)ank, (M)odified, or (N)ew. Check that (M)odified questions meet criteria of ES-401 Section D.2.f.
 
7. Based on the reviewer's judgment, is the question as written (U)nsatisfactory (requiring repair or replacement), in need of (E)ditorial enhancement, or (S)atisfactory?
Place the answer letter here Place the 55.41 or 55.43 item here 8. At a minimum, explain any Unsat ratings (e.g., how the Appendix B psychometric attributes are not being met).
 
1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR  8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation General Comments: Questions 1-45 were addressed on VG-2017-5 ES 401-9 1 H 3      M S D 4 Administered 5/25/2017 2 H 2      M S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 3 H 3      N S A 4 Administered 5/25/2017 4 H 2      M S A 4 Administered 5/25/2017 5 H 3      B S D 4 Administered 5/25/2017 6 F 2      N S D 4 Administered 5/25/2017 7 H 2      B S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 8 F 3      B S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 9 H 3      B S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 10 F 2      N S C 4 Administered 5/25/2017 11 F 3      M S C 4 Administered 5/25/2017 12 H 2      M S D 41.7 Administered 5/25/2017 13 H 3      M S A 41.10 Administered 5/25/2017
 
ES401  V G20179 Partial  Written Examination Review Worksheet  Form ES4019 1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR  8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation 14 F 3      B S B 41.10 Administered 5/25/2017 15 F 2      B S A 4 Administered 5/25/2017 16 H 3      N S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 17 H 2      M S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 18 H 3      B S C 4 Administered 5/25/2017 19 H 2      B S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 20 F 2      N S A 4 Administered 5/25/2017 21 H 3      M S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 22 F 2      N S C 4 Administered 5/25/2017 23 F 3      B S D 41.10 Administered 5/25/2017 24 H 3      M S D 4 Administered 5/25/2017 25 F 2      M S C 4 Administered 5/25/2017 26 H 2      M S A 4 Administered 5/25/2017 27 F 2      M S C 4 Administered 5/25/2017 28 H 3      N S A 4 Administered 5/25/2017 29 F 2      N S C 4 Administered 5/25/2017 30 H 3      M S D 4 Administered 5/25/2017 31 H 3      M S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 32 H 2      N S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 33 H 3      M S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 34 H 2      M S B 41.10 Administered 5/25/2017 35 H 3      M S C 4 Administered 5/25/2017 36 H 2      M S A 4 Administered 5/25/2017 37 H 2      M S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 38 F 2      M S C 41.10 Administered 5/25/2017 39 H 3      M S D 4 Administered 5/25/2017 40 H 2      N S D 4 Administered 5/25/2017 41 F 2      B S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 42 F 3      B S A 4 Administered 5/25/2017 43 H 3      B S C 4 Administered 5/25/2017 44 H 2      B S C 4 Administered 5/25/2017 45 H 3      M S D 4 Administered 5/25/2017 46 F 2      B S D 41.2 47 H 2      M S B 41.10
 
ES401  V G20179 Partial  Written Examination Review Worksheet  Form ES4019 1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR  8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation 48 H 3      M S B 4 NRC 2015, does not meet the requiremets to be modified.
 
49 F 2      B S C 4 /21/2017- SAT as a bank question 8/21/2017 Changed from 10% TO 50 F 3      M S C 4 % IN STEM still sat Listed this as an edit because of licnese level. The applicant is required to determine operability of a load sequiencer. Normally 51 H 3      M E/S C 4 this is an SRO level activit Please explain why this is an acceptable RO level questio /21/2017 - modifeid to remove the operability issue SAT 52 F 2      M S B 4 NRC 2015, in my opinion this barely meets the modification criteria, bsically reworded the same question with knowing the name of the power supply vice if it has power, if you know the bank question you know the modified 53 H 3      N S D 4 question. Really pushing the overlap of previous 2 exams 8/21/2017 Changed second half of question to ask power suppply of another group of heaters/ the first half question was already changed to be new material recatagorized as a new question 54 H 2      M S B 41.7 55 H 3      B S A 41.7 56 H 2      M S C 41.5 57 F 2      M S D 41.10 58 F 2      M S D 41.7 59 H 2      N S A 4 ES401  V G20179 Partial  Written Examination Review Worksheet  Form ES4019 1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR  8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation Does not meet the modification criteria so it is a bank question, 60 F 2      B E A 41.12 8/21/2017 - Sat as a bank question Change the stem to "A valve in containment requires independent verification for a syatem line-up" 61 F 2      M E C 41.10 8/21/2017 Changed distractror B to make more credible and did other changes as discussed now SAT Does not meet the modification 62 F 2      B E/S B 41.13 criteria so it is a bank question 8/21/2017 - Bank SAT Bold separately in the stem to make consistant and avoid 63 F 2      M E/S A 41.10 confusio /21/2017 did the BOLD now SAT 64 F 3      M S D 41.10 65 H 2      M S B 41.12 UNSAT Second half of the question is a direct looku LOD=1. Consider writing a question that is not 2X2 dealing 66 H 1      N U/S B 41.12 with access to a Locked High Rad area, give a list of requirements and ask which has all correct requirements 8/17/2017 Modified the question removed reference and is NOw SAT
 
ES401  V G20179 Partial  Written Examination Review Worksheet  Form ES4019 1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR  8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation NRC 2015, Change distractors B and D for 'promote thremal stratification' to Minimize RCS-to-Seconday leakage. I believe that this is a more credible distractor as in the overall midagation 67 H 2      M E/S C 4 stratigy you attempt to match the ruptured SG pressure to the RCS by controlling RCS pressure not SG pressure 8/21/2017- modified to suggested now SAT 68 F 2      B S A 4 Please tell me why this is not just trivial knowledge and how this is RO level knowledge? Knowing the panel that each attachment belongs to.
 
69 F 3      B E/S B 4 /21/2017 -modified to not require knowing what attachment is needed but still need to know whare they are going to need to go to. Now the question is SAT 70 H 3      M S D 41.10 Directing to check RCS subcooling for leak isolation is not the most credible distractor an enhancement would be to ask if they are directed to check pressurizer pressure. or wide range RCS pressure. Normally if 71 F 2      B E B 4 it was not pegged low as in this case pzr pressure would be a valid indicator of leak isolatio and w/r pressure is all that is availabl /21/2017
          - Modified and is Now SAT
 
ES401  V G20179 Partial  Written Examination Review Worksheet  Form ES4019 1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR  8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation this is detailed procedure knowledge, bordering on SRO level knowledge of specific steps and transitions beyond basic mitagation stratigy. Please provide to me why you believe that this is appropriate for an RO 72 F 3      M E/S A 41.10 level exam questio /21/2017 Modified to make more in line with RO level and over mitigation stratigy also modified the order and verified that there was only one correcdt answer per the procedure, Now SAT Again this is detailed procedural knowledge more like an SRO level question, Please let me H 3      N E/S A 4 know why this is appropriate for
 
an R /21/2017 - Modified to make more RO level, Now SAT RO level? See above 74 H 3      B E/S D 4 /21/2017 Modified to reflect RO level of knowledge. Now SAT Reference, Why would someone use the 220 gpm value based on using the incorrect time when the handout says in big bold print time since TRIP. I may need you to explain this question to me. I keep getting hung up jumping to 75 H 3      M E/S C 4 Loss of Emergency Coolant Recisculatio /21/2017, modified to ensure that distractors are correct and will not be contested. also added large break to the stem. Now SAT
 
ES401  V G20179 Partial  Written Examination Review Worksheet  Form ES4019 1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR  8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation Unsat The second half of the question (the part that addresses the K/A) is a direct lookup with the reference provided. This makes the second half of the question LOD = 1, The first half of the question is not SRO only knowledge because the term leakage is above the line TS information in TS 3.4.13 and the definition would need to be known to be able to diffrentiate between 76 H 2      X M U/S B 4 RO and SRO knowledge. The question may be ok if there was no reference provide Remember that if a reference is provided there must be something more that the qpplicant needs to know that is not in the reference to keep it from becoming a direct lookup Reference 8/21/2017 - Reference removed leak rate increased to 31 gpm now SAT 77 H 2      M S C 4 Changing the power level from 7 to 90 % does not meet the Modified criteria Question is a Bank, Only changing the Modified 78 H 3      B E/S C 4 to Bank then SAT 2014 Audit 8/21/2017 - it does make the question modified question now SAT
 
ES401  V G20179 Partial  Written Examination Review Worksheet  Form ES4019 1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR  8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation Change the stem from "the reactor will NOT trip from the control room" to "Tripping the Reactor using both Reactor trip handswitches was unsuccessful" Also change per NMP-19211- To per NMP 19211-1 the next procedureal method to attempt to TRIP the reactor is to ______,
Then the first half of the distractor can be to Emergency Borate and the second half would be to Open 79        M U/S D 4 the MG set output breakers. The EAL call is window dressing onl because you provied the reference it is direct lookup. the first part i believe meets the SRO only portion so if there are 3 good distractors like Borate, Input Breaker from control room, Input breaker locally and output breaker locally it may work. Reference 8/21/2017 Modification made as requested. Now Sat 80 H 3      M S D 4 Reference Reference, 1st half of the question is RO level knowledge 81 H 2      N S B 4 while the second half is SRO level so the question is Sat 8/21/2017 - SAT 82 H 3      M S B 4 NRC 2017, This question is UNSAT because the question is being asked in its premodified form on the applicants exam. The applicant hat the unmodified form 83 H 1      M U/S B 4 of this question on his RO exa Question 38 8/21/2017 - New question now SAT
 
ES401  V G20179 Partial  Written Examination Review Worksheet  Form ES4019 1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR  8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation 84 H 2      B S D 4 NRC 2014 85 H 2      B S D 43.5 86 H 2      N S C 4 Does not meet the modification criteria so it is a bank question, SRO justification for the first half of the question is RO not SRO knowledge, the times to trip the breakers are interlocks and are probably within the RO level of knowledge. For the second half you are telling the applicant that you will trip the reactor, initiate or go to are in this case the same thing so in all answers tripping the 87 H 3      X B E/S C 4 reactor will occur the KA is to determine if and when you need to trip the reactor so we are not meeting the K/A. because the question was perviously approved on an NRC exam the question was graded as an enhancement but will require significant modification to meet the K/A 8/21/2017 - Modified to meet the K/A Now SAT BOLD seperately in the ste Above the line LCO information to derermine if the LCO is met. RO 88 H 3      M E/S D 4 knowledge for the first half of the question. The second half meets the Sro only criteri /21/2017- Corrected now SAT
 
ES401  V G20179 Partial  Written Examination Review Worksheet  Form ES4019 1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR  8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation Reference, Distractors with the loss of all AC are not credible no release with a loss of all A Change Distractor to lagree break 89 H 2  X    M E/S A 4 Loss of Coolant accident and it will be plasuable enough 8/21/2017 - Changed as requested Now SAT 90 H 3      M S C 43.5 91 F 2      M S D 4 this is the third recycle of this question in three exams, if possible try to replace it with a not so used question. Also the first part is RO level knowledge (less than one hour TS) Generic H 2      X M U/S A 4 questions are not ment to be
 
system specific so the K/A does not matc /21/2017 - Swapped out to a new question. Modified Question from 2014 exam. Question is now SAT Need the original question to determine the Modification criteria. Without this I am 93 H 3      M S D 4 counting it as a bank question 8/21/2017 - SAT Question provided
 
ES401  V G20179 Partial  Written Examination Review Worksheet  Form ES4019 1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR  8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation With the reference provide it is direct lookup for the EAL cal What other EAL call could be made from the information given?
This makes it LOD = 1, the ability to monitor the ARV temperatures is RO level knoweledg H 1      X N E/S A 4 /21/2017 - Removed all
 
unneccessary references, only giving the applicable one for the loss of annunciatior portio remains SRO only as you hvae to interpert plant conditions to determine if the note in the reference is applicable 95 F 2      B S A 43.5 96 H 3      B S A 4 Give some data to let the applicant figure out if you have adverse conditions and then make the answers NR > 30% and NR> 9%, Change the second half of the question to read "Based on current plant conditions, the next procedure the Shift Supervisor is 97 H 3      B E/S D 4 required to transition to is______"
then make the choises 19010-1 and 19011-1 you can either put the noun names at the top of the question or in the distractors up to yo /21/2017 - Modified to the what was suggested. now SAT
 
ES401  V G20179 Partial  Written Examination Review Worksheet  Form ES4019 1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws  4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR  8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation Under the procedure title as follows: put the 19421-2 there as well then just say it is in progress for consistancy. Change the stem of the question to "unlatch the slave realys using guidance in 98 H        M E/S B 4 ____(2)____." then just have the two procedure names as the distractors, get rid of an Attachmen /21/2017 - changed to suggested Now Sat NRC 2015, Bold seperatly to ensure there is no confusio Also the first half tof the question reword to " Per 19232-1 one of the described methods to lower SG # 2 is to _______" then the distractors would be "Dump Steam to the TDEFW pump, Open MSIV and utlize the Turbine Bypass Valves" also I would like 99 F 3      M E/S A 4 to discuss changing the distractor from rapid SG pressure drop to damage to the isolation valve due to water flo /21/2017-second half could not be changed because damage to valves is listed in basis, first half was changed as suggested. NOW SAT above 32 percent is not the same as 32 % so with all narrow range levels at 32% with adverce containment. And did the 32%
change to 30%?Based on this 100 H 2  X    M S C 4 information you have a yellow path for 19235-2 right? This would lead to two correct answer /21/2017- my confusion SAT
 
ES-403  Written Examination Grading  Form ES-403-1 Quality Checklist
    .723/ZoI7 Facility:
%% / ( Date of Exam: Exam Level: RO ESRO tE Item Description-i Wa nte Initials a b c Clean answer sheets copied before grading
      /i AM - Answer key changes and question deletions justified and documented Applicants scores checked for addition errors (reviewers spot check> 25% of examinations)  ,%p p,4 Grading for all borderline cases (80 +/-2% overall and 70 or 80, as applicable, +/-4% on the SRO-only) reviewed in detail ,49 All other failing examinations checked to ensure that grades are justified    49 ,t Performance on missed questions checked for training deficiencies and wording problems; evaluate validity of questions missed by half or more of the applicants  F Date Printed Name/Signature Grader    ch/i 7 Facility Reviewer(*) NRC Chief Examiner (*) I-l.c.A&1 /<nrat4 NRC Supervisor (*)
      (i q (*) The facility reviewers signature is not applicable for examinations graded by the NRC; two independent NRC reviews are require ES-403, Page 6 of 6
 
ES-403  Written Examination Grading  Form ES-403-1 Quality Checklist Facility:  Date of Exam: Exam Level: RO El SRO x Vogtle Electric Generating Station  9/7/2017 Item Description  Initials a b c Clean answer sheets copied before grading  N/A Answer key changes and question deletions justified and  N/A
      /
documented Applicants scores checked for addition errors  N/A (reviewers spot check > 25% of examinations) Grading for all borderline cases (80 +/-2% overall and 70 or 80, N/A as applicable, +/-4% on the SRO-only) reviewed in detail All other failing examinations checked to ensure that grades  N/A j
are justified    ,q
      / Performance on missed questions checked for training  N/A deficiencies and wording problems; evaluate validity of JPc questions missed by half or mote of the applicants  /
Date Printed Name/Signature a. Grader  Jason Bundy/  9/27
    ///
b. Facility Reviewer(*)  N/A NRC Chief Examiner (*) Michael Kennard/ _-/  %/&/7 NRC Supeisor (*) Eugene Guthrie/
(*) The facility reviewers signature is not applicable for examinations graded by the NRC; two independent NRC reviews are required.
}}
}}

Latest revision as of 18:24, 21 October 2019

05000424/2017301 and 05000425/2017301 Exam Administrative Items 2C - Delay Release 2 Yrs
ML18057B483
Person / Time
Site: Vogtle  Southern Nuclear icon.png
Issue date: 02/26/2018
From:
NRC/RGN-II
To:
References
Download: ML18057B483 (98)
v • d • e


Text

I ES-201 Examination Preparation Checklist Form ES-201-1 Facility: V0&IL_1 0/ Date of Examination: xli 12o I Developed by: Written: Facility NRC If Operating Facility NRC Target Task Description (Reference) Examiners Date*

Initials Examination administration date confirmed (Cia; C2ab). For NRC-prepared exams, 240 arrangements are made for the facility to submit reference materials (C.1 .e; C.3.c; Attachment 3).

-210 NRC examiners and facility contact assigned (C.1.d; C.2.f). Facility contact briefed on security and other requirements (C2.c). As applicable, the facility-210 contact submits to the NRC any prescreened K/As for elimination from the written examination outline, with a_description_of the_facilitys_prescreening_process_(ES-401, 0. 1 .b).

-210 Reference material due for NRC-prepared exams (C.1.e; C.3.c; Attachment 3).

-210 Corporate notification letter sent (C.2.e). NRC-developed written examination outline (ES-401-1/2 or ES-401N-1?2 and ES-401-3 or-195 ES-401N-3) sent to facility contact (must be on the exam security agreement) (C.1.ef: C.2.h; C.3.d-e). Operating test outline(s) and other checklists due, including Forms ES-201-2, ES-201-3, ES-301-1, 150 ES-301-2, ES-301-5, and ES-D-1, as applicable (C.1.ef; C.3.de).

2t.i(. Operating test outline(s) reviewed by the NRC and feedback provided to facility licensee (C.2.h; 136 C3.d-e). Proposed examinations (written, ]PMs, and scenarios, as applicable) and outlines (Forms ES-301-1, ES-301-2, ES-D-1, ES-401-1/2 or ES-401N-1/2, and ES-401-3 orES-401N-3);

-75 supporting documentation (including Forms ES-301-3, ES-301-4, ES-301-5. ES-301-6, ES-401-6, ES-401N-6, and any Form ES-201-2 and ES-201-3 updates); and reference materials due (C.1.e-h:C.3d). :7c_4,f 1i)

10. Examinations prepared by the F are approved bjthe NRC supervisor and forwarded for facility licensee review (Cli; C.2.h; C.3.fg).

-60 11. Preliminary waiver/excusal requests due (C.1.m; C.2.c; ES-202).

-50 12. Written exam and operating test reviews completed (C.3.f).

L.4Mt 13. Examination review results discussed between the NRC and facility licensee (C.1 .i; C.1 kI; C.2.h; C3.g). The NRC and the facility licensee conduct exam preparatory wee . Preliminary license applications and waiver/excusal requests, as applicable (NRC Form 398) due-30 (C.i.m; C2.i: ES-202).

15. Final license applications and waiver/excusal requests, as applicable (NRC Form 398), due and

Form ES-201-4 prepared (C.1.m: C.2.k; ES-202).

-7 16. Written examinations and operating tests approved by the NRC supervisor (C.2.jk; C.3.h). AtL-7 17. Request facility licensee management feedback on the examination (C.2.l).

18. Final applications reviewed: one or two (if more than 10) applications audited to confirm-7 qualifications/eligibility; and examination approval and waiver/excusal letters sent (C.2.k; Attachment 5: ES-202, C.3.j; ES-204).

-7 19. Proctoring/written exam administration guidelines reviewed with facility licensee (C.3.k).

-7 20. Approved scenarios and job performance measures distributed to NRC examiners fC.3.i).

Target dates are based on facility-prepared examinations and the examination date identified in the corporate notification lette These dates are for planning purposes and may be adjusted on a case-by-case basis in coordination with the facility license ES-201, Page 29 of 32

ES-207 Examination Outline Quality Checklist Form ES-201-2 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Examination: 05/08/2017 Initials Item Task Description a b* c# Verify that the outline(s) fit(s) the appropriate model, in accordance with ES-401 or ES-401 ML b. Assess whether the outline was systematically and randomly prepared in accordance with c Section D.1 of ES-401 or ES-401N and whether all K/A categories are appropriately sample Y T

c. Assess whether the outline over-emphasizes any systems, evolutions, or generic topic I N d. Assess whether the justifications for deselected or rejected K/A statements are appropriat it Using Form ES-301 -5, verify that the proposed scenario sets cover the required number of normal evolutions, instrument and component failures, technical specifications, and major S transient M b. Assess whether there are enough scenario sets (and spares) to test the projected number and u mix of applicants in accordance with the expected crew composition and rotation schedule L without compromising exam integrity, and ensure that each applicant can be tested using at A least one new or significantly modified scenario, that no scenarios are duplicated from the T applicants audit test(s), and that scenarios will not be repeated on subsequent day c. To the extent possible, assess whether the outline(s) conform(s) with the qualitative and quantitative criteria specified on Form ES-301-4 and described in Appendix . a. Verify that the systems walk-through outline meets the criteria specified on Form ES-301-2:

(1) the outline(s) contain(s) the required number of control room and in-plant tasks distributed W among the safety functions as specified on the form A (2) task repetition from the last two NRC examinations is within the limits specified on the form L (3) no tasks are duplicated from the applicants audit test(s)

K (4) the number of new or modified tasks meets or exceeds the minimums specified on the form (5) the number of alternate path, low-power, emergency, and RCA tasks meet the criteria on T the for H R b. Verify that the administrative outline meets the criteria specified on Form ES-301 -1:

o (1) the tasks are distributed among the topics as specified on the form U (2) at least one task is new or significantly modified G (3) no more than one task is repeated from the last two NRC licensing examinations H Determine if there are enough different outlines to test the projected number and mix of applicants and ensure that no items are duplicated on subsequent day . Assess whether plant-specific priorities (including PRA and IPE insights) are covered in the appropriate exam section .b A4L b. Assess whether the 10 CFR 55.41/43 and 55.45 sampling is appropriat Ensure that K/A importance ratings (except for plant-specific priorities) are at least t- Pit R d. Check for duplication and overlap among exam section .

L e. Check the entire exam for balance of coverag f. Assess whether the exam fits the appropriate job level (RO or SRO). 7

.._ Printed Name/Si pre2 Date a. Author t#- C i Z? / 7 b. Facility Reviewer (*) )en 34-k Is c. NRC Chief Examiner (#) 1_C4df A4na t7 d. NRCSupervisor (1vr.z/ i Note: # Independent NRC reviewer initial items in Column c; chief examiner concurrence require *

Not applicable for NRC-prepared examination outline ES-207 Examination Outline Quality Checklist Form ES-201-2 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Examination: 09/07/2017 Initials Item Task Description

  • a b* c# Verify that the outline(s) fit(s) the appropriate model, in accordance with ES-401 or ES-401 ,

b. Assess whether the outline was systematically and randomly prepared in accordance with T Section D.1 of ES-401 or ES-401 N and whether all K/A categories are appropriately sample c. Assess whether the outline over-emphasizes any systems, evolutions, or generic topic A4(

N d. Assess whether the justifications for deselected or rejected K/A statements are appropriat P a. Using Form ES-301 -5, verify that the proposed scenario sets cover the required number of normal evolutions, instrument and component failures, technical specifications, and major S transient M b. Assess whether there are enough scenario sets (and spares) to test the projected number and u mix of applicants in accordance with the expected crew composition and rotation schedule L without compromising exam integrity, and ensure that each applicant can be tested using at A least one new or significantly modified scenario, that no scenarios are duplicated from the T applicants audit test(s), and that scenarios will not be repeated on subsequent day c. To the extent possible, assess whether the outline(s) conform(s) with the qualitative and quantitative criteria specified on Form ES-301-4 and described in Appendix . a. Verify that the systems walk-through outline meets the criteria specified on Form ES-301 -2:

(1) the outline(s) contain(s) the required number of control room and in-plant tasks distributed W among the safety functions as specified on the form A (2) task repetition from the last two NRC examinations is within the limits specified on the form L (3) no tasks are duplicated from the applicants audit test(s) N A K (4) the number of new or modified tasks meets or exceeds the minimums specified on the form (5) the number of alternate path, low-power, emergency, and RCA tasks meet the criteria on T the for H R b. Verify that the administrative outline meets the criteria specified on Form ES-301 -1:

j (1) the tasks are distributed among the topics as specified on the form U (2) at least one task is new or significantly modified G (3) no more than one task is repeated from the last two NRC licensing examinations H

c. Determine if there are enough different outlines to test the projected number and mix of applicants and ensure that no items are duplicated on subsequent day . a. Assess whether plant-specific priorities (including PRA and IPE insights) are covered in the appropriate exam section G E b. Assess whether the 10 CFR 55.41/43 and 55.45 sampling is appropriat c. Ensure that K/A importance ratings (except for plant-specific priorities) are at least A,(

R d. Check for duplication and overlap among exam section L e. Check the entire exam for balance of coverag ,

f. Assess whether the exam fits the appropriate job level (RO or SRO). fl Printed Name/Sinat Date Author .

M / Facility Reviewer (*) 7 NRC Chief Examiner (#) -

/25//7 NRC Supervisor &5J--- içi(V Ei4S (

Note: # Independent NRC reviewer initial items in Column c; chief examiner concurrence require *

Not applicable for NRC-prepared examination outline (Revision 10)

____

_____

____

___

____

____

____

____

___

___

____

____

___

____

____

___

p ES-201 Examination Security Agreement Form ES-201-3 Pre-Examination I acknowledge that I have acquired specialized knowledge about the NRC licensing examinations scheduled forthe week(s) of sf 1i7_ 5f/(g as of the date of my signature. I agree that I will not knowingly divulge any information about these examinations to any persons who have not been authrized by the NRC chief examiner. I understand that I am not to instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants scheduled to be administered these licensing examinations from this date until completion of examination administration, except as specifically noted below and authorized by the NRC (e.g., acting as a simulator booth operator or communicator is acceptable if the individual does not select the training content or provide direct or indirect feedback). Furthermore, I am aware of the physical security measures and requirements (as documented in the facility licensees procedures) and understand that violation of the conditions of this agreement may result in cancellation of the examinations and/or an enforcement action against me or the facility licensee. I will immediately report to facility management or the NRC chief examiner any indications or suggestions that examination security may have been compromise . Post-Examination m To the best of my npwledge, I did not ci) divulge to any unauthorized persons any information concerning the NRC licensing examinations administered during N) the week(s) of Sf If P?5/2q(7 From the date that I entered into this security agreement until the completion of examination administration, I did not 0 instruct, evaluate,

-k or provide performance feedback to those applicants who were administered these licensing examinations, except as specifically below noted-ti and authorized by the NR Q)

CD CD PRINTED NAME JOB TITLE / RESPONSIBILITY SIGNATURE (1) DATE SI,NATURE(2) DATE NOTE !Jcws sc I2I/ffSJY1S-.-

co 3* L4  ?-?2t t)

A7f i..2J/)4 %ht%dc - --. F iL 1%t*r 5uP?)trr 77 JA 2A- vi% itio pp eq 17.3 t tip I lnij VJ) ( /i/

1z-27- . i,c t2J:ckju, o.\a-) fl1c%A,._S v pJr tclI (3)

1 z.a!

12.(\\..... C c6J 5J3./P (.-,,I1._-3LJ_----

13. . ,4ftrtt-t s 14. i<ckO :-

3k/i7 Ae(J 6/s-/ri 1 t/rk&t/

  • 3hJt7 A--P 3,.2,,f7 NOTES:

C3-.-ØQ-?-\ (0J - ,, er 3 S ()

_____

_____

_____

_____

_____

_____

_____ _______

_____

_____

_____

_____

_____

___

__

____

___

__ ______

_____

______

___

___

____

____

____

_____

______

____

______

___

____

___

____

____

_____

____

____

p ES-201 Examination Security Agreement Form ES-201-3 Pre-Examination I acknowledge that I have acquired specialized knowledge about the NRC licensing examinations scheduled for the week(s) of 5(( (t tJtc/ (7 as of the date of my signature. I agree that I will not knowingly divulge any information about these examinations to any persons who have nbt been authbrized NRC chief examiner. I understand that I am not to instruct, evaluate, by the or provide performance feedback to those applicants scheduled to be administered these licensing examinations from this date until completion of examination administration, except as specifically noted below and authorized by the NRC (e.g., acting as a simulator booth operator or communicator acceptable if the is individual does not select the training content or provide direct or indirect feedback). Furthermore, I am aware of the physical security measures and requirements (as documented in the facility licensees procedures) and understand that violation of the conditions of this agreement may result cancellation in of the examinations and/or an enforcement action against me or the facility licensee. I will immediately report to facility management or the NRC chief examiner any indications or suggestions that examination security may have been compromise . Post-Examination m

0) To the best of my npwledge, I did not divulge to any unauthorized persons any information concerning the NRC licensing examinations administered the week(s) of Sf i75/at.fr7 From the date that I entered into this security agreement until the completion during 0 instruct, evaluate, i( of examination administration, I did not or provide performance feedback to those applicants who were administered these licensing examinations, except as specifically noted below and authorized by the NR u (a 0 PRINTED NAME JOB TITLE / RESPONSIBILITY GNATU DATE NOTE 1.____

_____

_____

cLéi(L O INSY 5% (t ?i b4 0 3* AN pcç (Li1 (+/-)

.

J&15 %T (i.)

4. Cri oori tJ/ /.T tMi 5J9 ctl./,7 CN fJP1 c7t* r/.w,, (i 6CQL4 iW- -&:4 (çr

-

.. Cii -..-ry $Y:4?4, C)

8._\5 CCi 9. 1 fL11) Prr l,OtAl

  • c?S 10. MA-i-7. #edS1kI /1t, ti C

- 5fto)i7 1 .

1 .

-

NOTES:

(0 r--j 0F o-rm %{ . i3 KJf LJCrIkn

_____

_____

_____

_____ ___

____ ___

___

____

/

ES-207 Examination Security Agreement Form ES-201-3 Pre-Examination JL)Jf 1< (

I acknowledge that I have acquired specialized knowledge about the NRC licensing examinations scheduled for the week(s) of 5t /t7 as of the date of my signature. I agree that I will not knowingly divulge any information about these examinations to any persons who have not been authbrized by the NRC chief examiner. I understand that I am not to instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants scheduled to be administered these licensing examinations from this date until completion of examination administration, except as specifically noted below and authorized by the NRC (e.g., acting as a simulator booth operator or communicator is acceptable if the individual does not select the training content or provide direct or indirect feedback). Furthermore, I am aware of the physical security measures and requirements (as documented in the facility licensees procedures) and understand that violation of the conditions of this agreement may result in cancellation of the examinations and/or an enforcement action against me or the facility licensee. I will immediately report to facility management or the NRC chief examiner any indications or suggestions that examination security may have been compromise . Post-Examination m

Cf) To the best of my cnowledge, I did not divulge to any unauthorized persons any information concerning the NRC licensing examinations administered during r\) the week(s) of Sf1/i? 5jL.ti7 From the date that I entered into this security agreement until the completion of examination administratio 0 instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants who were administered n, I did not these licensing examinations, except as specifically noted-u below and authorized by the NRC.

CD CD PRINTED NAME JOB TITLE I RESPONSIBILITY SIGNATURE (1) DATE SIGNATURE (2) DATE NOTE 0 i.k- :i,4-*)s tk-4 c4i5, 7,-f51II7 2..Ci1ARt PL x #-WL 3. Zkt t;k fd1CJ? .Do.-j $i.jL LT O1 ZiJT Si71?

5. 1a i/f./ cr 4/fr( JTh..J4 iP s/i4i

.

?/

6. GARsc1-#cLp F(a.t CjC%4% CI (2.)

7. /YtJL crj iIpfir 8. Pcmct.) )_ 1-1Vo 1L  %.io//7 ht- uc(4 ttt1C .<- .

9.is /onL.e_ rpp 10. 4(&-tr e*lit\ CP- (.)

11:r-12. Oi 13yi . b-\- Pc?rpr4 AJP /

-

-C 15. IS,-t qii 5h4 Srf Sip,l6Sf NOTES:

LZ) e -v c;% Cj

ES-201 Examination Security Agreement Form ES-201-3 Pre-Examination i /

I acknowledge that I have acquired specialized knowledge about the NRC licensing examinations scheduled forthe week(s) of S/ liE, 0I9 as of the date of my signature. I agree that I will not knowingly divulge any information about these examinations to any persons who have not been authorized by the NRC chief examiner. I understand that I am not to instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants scheduled to be administered these licensing examinations from this date until completion of examination administration, except as specifically noted below and authorized by the NRC (e.g., acting as a simulator booth operator or communicator is acceptable if the individual does not select the training content or provide direct or indirect feedback). Furthermore, I am aware of the physical security measures and requirements (as documented in the facility licensees procedures) and understand that violation of the conditions of this agreement may result in cancellation of the examinations and/or an enforcement action against me or the facility licensee. I will immediately report to facility management or the NRC chief examiner any indications or suggestions that examination security may have been compromise . Post-Examination m To the best of my knowledge, I did not divulge to any unauthorized persons any information concerning the NRC licensing examinations administered during 0)

the week(s) ofe1,-f )lOIq From the date that I entered into this security agreement until the completion of examination administration, I did not 0 instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants who were administered these licensing examinations, except as specifically noted-El below and authorized by the NRC.

CD CD PRINTED NAME JOB TITLE / RESPONSIBILITY SIGNATURE (1) DATE SIGNATURE (2) DATE NOTE p.3

0 lE;XQ L & R-a O/c4l7 --

-h p3 ;*r 3. w-e.4- vski.-, C L <- M ék L.J,(7(L //z7zy7___

. At4-rJ s1L ( & -(Y . (r-a )c 4I I rct 11LA.%_ tL ef - Z, 6-Z7-i7 21] } PS-/I /3,,g., , cs  ?%//7 5e r-a C3 1 As (i ?f43/17 SQ QQ cap z 1 F+-& oAymi 5s S I i/fr/(l / !LZ1LL 1 Sci 71W SaQ COP.-) 4S 1 ItL1 N Po 7.I,47c1, frp-r ccJ?//v/J 1 PO c4..f7 R0,U p 7-11-17 1 g Ptjec, I 7-#i g-7i7

/

NOTES:

ES-201 Examination Security Agreement Form ES-201-3 Pre-Examination -

, -

I L - N I acknowledge that I have acquired specialized knowledge about the NRC licensing examinations scheduled for the week(s) of I lS X 19 as of the date of my signature. I agree that I will not knowingly divulge any information about these examinations to any persons who have not been authorized by the NRC chief examiner. I understand that I am not to instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants scheduled to be administered these licensing examinations from this date until completion of examination administration, except as specifically noted below and authorized by the NRC (e.g., acting as a simulator booth operator or communicator is acceptable if the individual does not select the training content or provide direct or indirect feedback). Furthermore, I am aware of the physical security measures and requirements (as documented in the facility licensees procedures) and understand that violation of the conditions of this agreement may result in cancellation of the examinations and/or an enforcement action against me or the facility licensee. I will immediately report to facility management or the NRC chief examiner any indications or suggestions that examination security may have been compromise . Post-Examination m To the best of my knowledge, I did not divulge to any unauthorized persons any information concerning the NRC licensing examinations administered during so the week(s) of S1 H.,.oi7 From the date that I entered into this security agreement until the completion of examination administration, I did not 0 instruct, evaluate, or provide performance feedback to those applicants who were administered these licensing examinations, except as specifically noted-o below and authorized by the NRC.

CD CD PRINTED NAME JOB TITLE / RESPONSIBILITY SIGNATURE (1) DATE SIGNATURE (2) DATE NOTE 0 1.4kL1 tj.Jc1ci 3SS 71 3117-4, -1(__J

-

2,/-.%_.- I/i9tc. S t4 .1_fl,- )

tuftr frL c,/81,?

1 .

1 .

NOTES:

ES-301 Administrative Topics Outline Form ES-301-1 Facility: 1 &2 Date of Examination: 05/08/2011_

Examination Level: RO Fxi SRO D Operating Test Number: 2017-3Q1_

Administrative Topic (see Note) Type Describe activity to be performed Code*

Conduct of Operations A, M a. V-NRC-JP-13009-HL21: Determine Boration Requirements with the Boric Acid Storage Tank Out of Service Description: Unit 2 is in Mode 5 when the BAST is taken out of service due to a high boron concentration. A boration of the RCS is necessary, so the applicant will be directed to calculate the volume of boric acid and the total charging time required using 13009-2, CVCS Reactor Makeup Control System. The applicant will be given pictures of Integrated Plant Computer screens to gather data necessary to complete the calculation G2.1.43 RO Conduct of Operations R, M b. V-NRC-]P-NMP-TR-406-HL21: Determine Active or Inactive Licensed Operator Status Description: Given the quarterly work histories of three Reactor Operators who are preparing to cover a shift as control board operators (OATC or UO), the applicant will be required to determine if each operator meets the requirements for holding an active license using NMP TR-406, License Administration. Two of the operators will not meet the requirements to hold an active licens G2.1 .4 RO Equipment Control R, M c. V-NRC-JP-14915-HL21: Perform Power Level Monitoring with IPC Calorimetric, UQ7 118, Non Functional Description: Unit 1 is in Mode 1. The IPC Calorimetric calculator, UQ1 1 1 8, has been declared non-functional by engineering and reactor power has been reduced in accordance with TR 13.3.7, Ultrasonic Mode Calorimetric. Given the current NI and delta-T power indications for each loop, the applicant will be directed to initiate power level monitoring to determine if the reduced power limitations are met using 12004-C, Power Operation (Mode 1), and 14915-1, Special Conditions Surveillance Log G2.2.38 RO ES-301-1 (Revision 10)

ES-301 Administrative Topics Outline Form ES-301-7 Radiation Control R, M d. V-NRC-JP-91301-HL21: Assess Radiological Conditions, Select Emergency Exposure Limit, and Calculate Projected Dose to Determine if Task Can be Performed Description: During a General Emergency, an operator is to be dispatched to operate vital equipment. The applicant will be given the equipment location, a room map with the radiological conditions, and the time required to operate the equipment. The applicant will be directed to determine the appropriate Emergency Exposure Limit for the task, calculate the projected dose to the operator, and determine if the task can be performed without exceeding the limit using 91301-C, Emergency Exposure Guideline G2. RD Emergency Plan N/A N/A NOTE: All items (five total) are required for SROs. RD applicants require only four items unless they are retaking only the administrative topics (which would require all five items).

Type Codes & Criteria: (C)ontrol room, (S)imulator, or Class(R)oom (D)irect from bank ( 3 for ROs; 4 for SROs & RD retakes)

(N)ew or (M)odified from bank ( 1)

(P)revious 2 exams ( 1; randomly selected)

ES-301-1 (Revision 10)

ES-301 Administrative Topics Outline Form ES-307-1 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Examination: 05/08/2017 Examination Level: RO D SRO ] Operating Test Number: 201 7-301_

Administrative Topic (see Note) Type Describe activity to be performed Code*

Conduct of Operations R, M a. V-NRC-]P-73009-HL21: Determine Boration Requirements with the Boric Acid Storage Tank Out of Service and Evaluate Tech Spec I TRM Required Actions Description: Unit 2 is in Mode 5 when the BAST is taken out of service due to a high boron concentration. A boration of the RCS is necessary, so the applicant will be directed to calculate the volume of boric acid and the total charging time required using 13009-2, CVCS Reactor Makeup Control System. The applicant will be given pictures of Integrated Plant Computer screens to gather data necessary to complete the calculation Based on the BAST out of service and completed surveillance data provided, the applicant will determine if there are any Tech Spec / TRM Required Action Statements to ente G2.1.43 SRO Conduct of Operations R, M b. V-NRC-JP-NMP-TR-406-HL21: Determine Active or Inactive Licensed Operator Status and Evaluate Tech Spec I TRM Required Actions Description: Given the quarterly work histories of three Reactor Operators who are preparing to cover a shift as control board operators (OATC or UO), the applicant will be required to determine if each operator meets the requirements for holding an active license using NMP TR-406, License Administration. One of the operators will not meet the requirements to hold an active licens Same as RO JP G2.1 .4 SRO ES-301-1 (Revision 10)

ES-301 Administrative Topics Outline Form ES-301-1 Equipment Control R, D c. V-NRC-]P-10008-HL21: Perform a Loss of Safety Function Evaluation and Determine Tech Spec I TRM Required Actions Description: CCP lA is tagged out for corrective maintenance. During a subsequent surveillance test, Essential Chiller 1B trips on overcurrent. The applicant will be required to perform a loss of safety function evaluation and determine the correct Tech Spec / TRM Required Action Statements to enter for the given conditions using 10008-C, Recording Limiting Conditions for Operatio G2.2.40 SRO Radiation Control R, M d. V-NRC-JP-91301-HL21: Assess Radiological Conditions, Select Emergency Exposure Limit, and Calculate Projected Dose to Determine if Task Can be Performed Description: During a General Emergency, an operator is to be dispatched to operate vital equipment. The applicant will be given the equipment location, a room map with the radiological conditions, and the time requited to operate the equipment. The applicant will be directed to determine the appropriate Emergency Exposure Limit for the task, calculate the projected dose to the operator, and determine if the task can be performed without exceeding the limit using 91301-C, Emergency Exposure Guideline Same as RO JP G2. SRO Emergency Plan R, M e. V-NRC-JP-NMP-EP-172-HL21: Assess Plant Conditions and Determine Offsite Protective Action Recommendations Description: A General Emergency has been declare The initial PARs are required to be developed to transmit to the required off-site agencies. Based on the given conditions, the applicant will be directed to develop the initial PARs using NMP-EP-112, Protective Action Recommendations, and complete NMP-EP-1 1 2-FOl, PAR Worksheet. This JPM is time critica G2.4.44 SRO NOTE: All items (five total) are required for SROs. RO applicants require only four items unless they are retaking only the administrative topics (which would require all five items).

Type Codes & Criteria: (C)ontrol room, (S)imulator, or Class(R)oom (D)irect from bank ( 3 for ROs; 4 for SROs & RO retakes)

(N)ew or (M)odified from bank ( 1)

(P)revious 2 exams ( 1; randomly selected)

ES-301-1 (Revision 10)

ES-301 Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline Form ES-301-2 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Examination: 05/08/201 7_

Exam Level: RO 61 SRO-l SRO-U J Operating Test Number:

Control Room Systems:* 8 for RO; 7 for SRO-I; 2 or 3 for SRO-U System / JPM Title Type Code* Safety Function V-NRC-JP-79001-HL2J: Control RCS Temperature Following A, D, L, S Reactor Trip Description: Unit 1 reactor tripped due to a grid disturbance. The control room crew is transitioning out of 19000-1, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection. The applicant will be directed to perform 19001-1, Reactor Trip Response. After determining that RCS temperature is not trending to 557 °F as expected, the applicant will be required to check for dumping steam, check that the MFPs are tripped, throttle AFW, shut the MSIVs and BSIVs, and recognize that boration is necessary to maintain adequate shutdown margi (RO/SRO-l/SRO-U)

007 EA1 .03 RO SRO V-NRC-JP-13003-HL21: Respond to RCP Seal Failure at Low Power A, M, L, S 4P Description: Unit 1 is in Mode 3 following a refueling outage. Three RCPs are running with RCP #4 stopped following maintenance. The applicant will be directed to start RCP #4. While making preparations to start RCP #4, indications of an RCP #1 seal malfunction will be receive Using the appropriate figure and flowchart in 13003-1, Reactor Coolant Pump Operation, the applicant will determine that RCP #1 is required to be immediately stopped and that its associated spray valve and seal leak-off isolation valve are required to be close (RO / SRO-l / SRO-U)

01 5AA1 .22 P0 SRO V-NRC-JP-13130-HL27: Dilute Containment Hydrogen Using the D, EN, L, 5 5 Service Air System Description: Unit 1 reactor trip and SI occurred due to a LOCA. The crew is performing 19010-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolan The TSC has requested that the hydrogen concentration in containment be reduced, so the applicant will be required to align the service air system to dilute the containment atmosphere using 13130-1, Post Accident Hydrogen Contro (RO / SRO-l I SRO-U)

028A2.03 RO SRO ES-301-2 (Revision 10)

ES-301 Control Room/in-Plant Systems Outline Form ES-301-2 U. V-NRC-]P-17006-HL21: Respond to Inadvertent Containment Spray D, EN, S 2 Actuation Description: Unit 1 is at 100% reactor power. The applicant will assume the duties of the OATC and will then respond to an inadvertent actuation of Train A Containment Spray. Using 17006-1, Annunciator Response Procedures for ALBO6 on Panel 1A2 on MCB, the applicant will determine that containment spray is not required and will reset Containment Spray, stop Containment Spray Pump A and shut its

,

discharge valv (ROISRO-I)

013A2.06 RO 37* SRO e. V-NRC-JP-19011-HL21: Re-Establish CCP Cold Leg Injection A, EN, L, M, 5 3 Description: Unit 1 reactor trip and SI occurred due to a LOCA. The crew is transitioning from 19010-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, so the applicant will be directed to perform 19011-1, SI Termination. After establishing a normal charging line-up, the applicant will determine that pressurizer level cannot be maintained. The applicant will then be required perform Attachment 3 of 19011-1 to re-establish CCP cold leg injectio (RO / SRO-l)

WEO2EA1 .3 RO 3.8 SRO f. V-NRC-JP-18009-HL21: Transfer Steam Dumps to the Steam A, D, L, S 4S Pressure Mode Description: Unit 1 reactor has been shut down due to a SG tube lea The applicant will be directed to complete 18009-C, Steam Generator Tube Leak. After performing the required steps to transfer the steam dumps to the Steam Pressure Mode, the applicant will determine that the steam dumps are not controlling RCS temperature correctly so the unaffected SG ARVs will be used to control RCS temperatur (RO / SRO-l)

039A2.04 RO SRO g. V-NRC-]P-13420-HL21: Transfer 1NAB from the UAT 1B to the M, S 6 RAT JB Description: Unit 1 is at 100% reactor power. UAT 1 B has high winding temperatures due to cooling equipment failure. With inadequate cooling, the electrical load on UAT 1 B is required to be reduced per the associated Annunciator Response Procedure to minimize the risk of damage to the windings. The applicant will be directed to transfer 1 kV bus 1 NAB from the UAT 1 B to the RAT 1 B using 13420-1, 13.8 kV AC Electrical Distribution Syste (RO / SRO-l)

062A4.01 RO SRO ES-301-2 (Revision 10)

ES-301 Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline Form ES-301-2 V-NRC-JP-13320-HL21: Perform a Manual Startup of the FHB Post- EN, N, S 8 Accident Filter Units RO ONLY Description: Unit 1 experienced high radiation levels in the Fuel Handling Building (FHB) while moving spent fuel. The FHB Post-Accident Filter Units did not start as required. During performance of the approved Maintenance Work Order, maintenance requested that operations perform a manual start of both FHB Post-Accident Filter Units. The applicant will be directed to manually start both FHB Post-Accident Filter Units using Section 4.8 of 13320-C, Fuel Handling Building HVAC System, which will also require the applicant to shut down the FHB Normal Ventilation Unit (RO)

036AA1.04 RO SRO In-Plant Systems:* 3 for RO; 3 for SRO-l; 3 or 2 for SRO-U V-NRC-JP-18007-HL21: Locally Control Charging Flow D, E, P, R 2 Description: On Unit 1, the charging flow controller, 1 FIC-121, has malfunctioned and charging flow cannot be adjusted from the main control room. The applicant will be directed to establish local control of charging with 1FHC-121 in manual and establish 75 gpm charging flow using 18007-C, Chemical and Volume Control System Malfunction, Attachment (RD / SRO-l / SRO-U)

022AA1 .01 RD SRO V-NRC-JP-13903-HL21: Locally Start Diesel Fire Pump #2 Using the A, E, M 8 Emergency Start Contactor Description: A large fire caused fire header pressure to lower with Diesel Fire Pump #1 tagged out for repair. Diesel Fire Pump #2 failed to automatically start. A local manual start of Diesel Fire Pump #2 was not successful, so the applicant will be dispatched to locally start the diesel fire pump with the emergency start contactors using 13903-C, Fire Protection System Operatio (RO/SRO-l/SRO-U)

086A2.02 RD SRO ES-301-2 (Revision 10)

ES-301 Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline Form ES-307-2 V-NRC-]P-13145-HL21: Perform a Local Normal Start of Diesel A, D 6 Generator Description: On Unit 2, maintenance has repaired a fuel oil leak on a DG2B fuel injector and has requested that operators locally start DG2B for a 30 minute run to check for leaks. The applicant will be directed to perform a local normal start of DG2B using 131 45B-2, Diesel Generator Train B. After starting, the turbo lube oil pressure will remain too low for operation, which will require the applicant to trip DG2 (RO I SRO-l)

064A1 .01 RO SRO *

All RO and SRO-l control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions; all five SRO-U systems must serve different safety functions; in-plant systems and functions may overlap those tested in the control roo Type Codes Criteria for RO / SAC-I I SAC-U (A)lternate path 4-6 I 4-6 / 2-3 (C)ontrol room (D)irect from bank 5 9/ 8 I 4 (E)mergency or abnormal in-plant 1 / 1 / 1 (EN)gineered safety feature 1 I 1 / 1 (control room system)

(L)ow-Power I Shutdown 1 / 1 I 1 (N)ew or (M)odified from bank including 1 (A) 2 /? 2 I 1 (P)revious 2 exams 5 3 I 3 I 2 (randomly selected)

(R)CA (S)imulator ES-301 -2 (Revision 10)

ES-301 Operating Test Quality Checklist Form ES-307-3 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Examination: 05/08/2017 Operating Test Number: 201 7-301

. Initials 7. General Criteria a b* c# The operating test conforms with the previously approved outline; changes are consistent with sampling requirements (e.g., 10 CFR 55.45, operational importance, safety function distribution). There is no day-to-day repetition between this and other operating tests to be administered Iç during this examinatio f The operating test shall not duplicate items from the applicants audit test(s). (see Section 0.1 a.)

%.. - Overlap with the written examination and between different parts of the operating test is within acceptable limit It appears that the operating test will differentiate between competent and less-than-competent c( L_

applicants at the designated license leve . Walk-Through Criteria - - Each JPM includes the following, as applicable:

  • initial conditions
  • initiating cues
  • references and tools, including associated procedures
  • reasonable and validated time limits (average time allowed for completion) and specific designation if deemed to be time-critical by the facility licensee
  • operationally important specific performance criteria that include:

detailed expected actions with exact criteria and nomenclature system response and other examiner cues statements describing important observations to be made by the applicant criteria for successful completion of the task identification of critical steps and their associated performance standards restrictions on the sequence of steps, if applicable Ensure that any changes from the previously approved systems and administrative walk-through outlines (Forms ES-301 -1 and 2) have not caused the test to deviate from any of the acceptance ,vt_

criteria (e.g., item distribution, bank use, repetition from the last 2 NRC examinations) specified on those forms and Form ES-201 - . Simulator Criteria - -

The associated simulator operating tests (scenario sets) have been reviewed in accordance with Form ES-301-4 and a copy is attache Printed Name / Signature Date Author .. / _____

/?/, 7 Facility Reviewer() o1o31 17 NRC Chief Examiner (#) MILUAfL- /(AAIi4 / NRCSupetvisor C Fh& q(124I7 NOTE: *

The facility signature is not applicable for NRC-developed test # Independent NRC reviewer initial items in Column c; chief examiner concurrence requite ES-301 Simulator Scenario Quality Checklist Form ES-301-4 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Exam: 05/08/2017 Scenario Numbers: 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 Operating Test No.: 2017-301 QUALITATIVE ATTRIBUTES Initials a b* c# The initial conditions are realistic, in that some equipment and/or instrumentation may be out of service, but it does not cue the operators into expected event ° 11L The scenarios consist mostly of related event . Each event description consists of

. the point in the scenario when it is to be initiated

. the malfunction(s) or conditions that are entered to initiate the event

  • the symptoms/cues that will be visible to the crew

. the expected operator actions (by shift position)

. the event termination point (if applicable) The events are valid with regard to physics and thermodynamic . Sequencing and timing of events is reasonable, and allows the examination team to obtain complete evaluation results commensurate with the scenario objective . It time compression techniques are used, the scenario summary clearly so indicate Operators have sufficient time to carry out expected activities without undue time constraint fr Cues are give . The simulator modeling is not altere r- The scenarios have been validated. Pursuant to 10 CFR 55.46(d), any open simulator performance deficiencies or deviations from the referenced plant have been evaluated to ensure that functional 7 UYf..\

fidelity is maintained while running the planned scenario L) Every operator will be evaluated using at least one new or significantly modified scenario. All other l

scenarios have been altered in accordance with Section D.5 of ES-30 . All individual operator competencies can be evaluated, as verified using Form ES-301 -6 (submit the form along with the simulator scenarios).

1 1. The scenario set provides the opportunity for each applicant to be evaluated in each of the applicable rating factors. (Competency Rating factors as described on forms ES-303-1 and ES-303-3.)

.L 12. Each applicant will be significantly involved in the minimum number of transients and events specified on Form ES-301-5 (submit the form with the simulator scenarios).

13. The level of difficulty is appropriate to support licensing decisions for each crew oositio Ml......

Target Quantitative Attributes C Per Scenario; See Section D.5.d) Actual Attributes -- -- Malfunctions after EOP entry (1-2) 2/2/2/3/3/2 r- Abnormal events (2-4) 3 / 4/4 / 4 / 4 / 3 n- . Major transients (12) 1 /2/1 / 1 / 1 /1 A.4L EOP5 entered/requiring substantive actions (12) 1 /2/1 /1 /1 /1 7-w- EOP contingencies requiring substantive actions (0-2) 0/ 1 /0/0/0/ 1 p-i-. EOPbased Criticaltasks(23) 2/2/2/2/2/2 I.4 *

NOTE: The facility signature is not applicable for NRC-developed test # Independent NRC reviewer initial items in Column c; chief examiner concurrence require . -7 Mtf / j2 q/,0/,7

/ LLbI Ltt2/)?

ES-301 Transient and Event Checklist Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Exam: 05/08/201 7 Operating Test No.: 207 7-307

. A P

P V

E E

3 1 Operator_RO-1 Scenarios

T o

M I

L N CREW CREW CREW CREW N T

I T POSITION POSITION POSITION POSITION A C

M L u A T S A B S A B S A B S A B Mf*)

N Y R T 0 R T 0 R T 0 R T 0 T P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E

RO AX 5 0 0 1 170 NOR 01111 SROI I/C 2434246442 SROU MAJ 6 6 5 3 221 Q IS 022 RO RX 110 NOR 111 SRO-I SROU MAJ 2 2 1 TS 0 2 2 RO AX 1 1 0 D NOR - 111 SRO-l I/C 442 SRO-U MAJ 22i TS Q 022 Instructions:

1 Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-D-1 event numbers for each event type; TS are not applicable for RO applicants. P05 must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (BOP) positions. Instant SROs (SRO-l) mast serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an SRO-l additionally serves in the SOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC positio . Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlledabnormal conditions (refer to Section D,5d( but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix D. f) Reactivity and normal evolutions msy be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-i basi . Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence couOt toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hand column . For licensees that use the ATC operutor primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place SRO-l applicants in either the ATC or SOP position to best evaluate the Sf10-I in manipulating plant control ES-301-5 (Revision 10)

ES-301 Transient and Event Checklist Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Exam: 05/08/201 7 Operating Test No.: 2017-301 A E Operator_RO-2 Scenarios P V 1 3 T M P E I L N CREW CREW CREW CREW T N i i POSITION POSITION POSITION POSITION A C M L u A T S A B S A B S A B S A B M(*)

N Y R T 0 A T 0 R T 0 R T 0 T P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E

RO RX 1 0 1 110 NOR 051111 I/C 25134442 SROU MAJ 6 6 2 221 Q TS 022 RO AX 110 D NOR 111 SRO-l I/C 442 Q MAJ SRO-U 2 2 1 TS O22 Q

RD AX 110 D NOR 111 SAD-I I/C 442 SRO-U MAJ 221 TS 022 Q

Instructions: Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-D-i event numbers tor each event type; TS are not applicable tot RO applicants. P05 must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (GOP) positions. Instant SROs (SRO-l) must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an SRO-l additionally serves in the SOP position one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required tor the ATC position. Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5,d) but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix 0. )) Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-i basi . Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified tot the applicants license level in the right-hand column . For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place SRO-l applicants in either the ATC or GOP position to best evaluate the SRO-l in manipulating plant control ES-301-5 (Revision 10)

ES-301 Transient and Event Checklist - Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Exam: 05/08/201 7 Operating Test No.: 2017-301 A E Operator_RO-3 Scenarios P V 1 3 2 T M P E I L N CREW CREW CREW CREW N T

I T POSITION POSITION POSITION POSITION I A

C M L u A T S A B S A B S A B S A B M(*)

N Y R T 0 A T 0 A T 0 P T P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 T

C

P TJ E

RD RX 1 0 6A 2 110 NOR 0501111 SROI ic SROU MAJ 667104221 TS 022 RO ix 110 D NOR 1 1 1 SRO-l I/C 442

SRO-U MAJ 221 TS 022 RD RX 110 D NOR 111 SRO-l I/C 442 SRO-U MAJ 221 TS Q 022 Instructions: Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-D-1 event numbers for each event type; TS are not applicable for RO applicanta. ADs must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (SOP) pouitiona. Instant SROs (SRO-l) must serve in both the SRO and the ATC pouitions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an SRO-l additionally serves in the SOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC poait ion. Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d( but must be significant per Section C.2,a of Appendix D. () Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-i basi . Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hand column . For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parametera, the chief examiner may place SRO-I applicanfa in either the ATC or SOP poaition to best evaluate the SRO-l in manipulating plant control ES-301-5 (Revision 10)

ES-301 Transient and Event Checklist Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Exam: 05/08/2017 Operating Test No: 2017-301 A E Operator_RO-4 Scenarios P V 2 1 6 T M P E I L N CREW CREW CREW CREW T N I T POSITION POSITION POSITION POSITION A M L u A T S A B S A B S A B S A B M(*)

N Y R T 0 A T 0 R T 0 A T 0 T P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E

RO RX 0 0 0 0 110 NOR 4102111 SRO-l I/C t334 6442 SRO-U MAJ 7, 10 6 5 4 2 2 1 Q TS 022 RO RX 110 I NOR 111 SRO-I I/C Q MAJ SRO-U 221 TS 0 2 2 Q

RO RX Tiio D NOR 111 SROI I/C 442 SROU MAJ 221 TS 022 Instructions: Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-C-I event numbers tot each event type; TS are not applicable for RO applicants. ROs must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (GOP) positions. Instant SROs (SRO-l) must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an SRO-l additionally serves in the GOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC positio . Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (rater to Section D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix D. )) Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-i basi . Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified tor the applicants license level in the right-hand column . For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place SRO-l applicants in either the ATC or GOP position to best evaluate the SRO-l in manipulating plant control ES-301-5 (Revision 10)

ES-301 Transient and Event Checklist Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Exam: 05/08/2017 Operating Test No.: 2017-301 A E Operator_RO-5 Scenarios P V 2 3 6 T M P E o I L N CREW CREW CREW CREW T N I T POSITION POSITION POSITION POSITION A I

C L u A T S A B S A B S A B S A B M(*)

N Y R T 0 P T 0 P T 0 P T 0 T P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E

PC RX 0 0 0 0 110 NOR 4502111 I/C 1313246442 SRO u MAJ 7 10 6 5 4 2 2 1 TS 022 AC RX 110 D NOR 111 SRO-I I/C 442 SRO-U MAJ ,22i TS 022 RO RX 110 D NOR 111 SPa-I I/C 442 Q

SRO-U MAJ 221 TS 022 C

Instructions: Check the applicant level and enter the operating teat number and Form ES-D-1 event numbers for each event type; TS are not applicable for RO applicants. ROs must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (BOP) positions. Instant SROs (SRO-l) must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an Sf0-I additionally serves in the BOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC positio . Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d) but muat be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix D. () Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-I basi . Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specitied for the applicants license level in the right-hand column . For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chiet esaminer may place Sf0-I applicants in either the ATC or SOP position to beat evaluate the SRO-I in manipulating plant control ES-301 -5 (Revision 10)

ES-301 Transient and Event Checklist Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogue 1 & 2 Date of Exam: 05/08/2017 Operating Test No.: 2017-301 A E Operator_RO-6 Scenarios P V 3 1 T M P E I L N CREW CREW CREW CREW T N i i POSITION POSITION POSITION POSITION A I

M C

L U A T S A B S A B S A B S A B M(*)

N Y A T C R T 0 A T C R T C T P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E

RO AX 5 0 1 110 NCR 011111 Cl

--

SROU MAJ 6 6 2 221 TS 0 22 AC AX NOR 1 1 1 SACI -n.-

I/C -

SRC-U MA]

TS 022 AC RX 110 NOA 111 SAC-I I/C 442 SRC-U MAJ 221 TS 022 Q

Instructions: Check the applicant levet and enter the operating test number and Form ES-C-i event numbers for each event type; TS are not appticabte tar RO applicants. ROs must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (SOP) positions. Instant SROs (SRO-l) must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, inctuding at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major tranaient, in the ATC position, If an SRO-t additionally serves in the SOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC positio . Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormat conditions (refer to Section D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C,2.a of Appendix D. () Reactivity and normal evotutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-i basi , Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiabte actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license levet in the right-hand column . For ticensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place Sf0-I applicants in either the ATC or SOP poaition to best evaluate the Sf0-I in manipulating plant control ES-301-5 (Revision 10)

ES-301 Transient and Event Checklist Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Exam: 05/08/2017 Operating Test No.: 2017-301 A E Operator_SRO-lnl Scenarios P V 1 6 2 T M P E I L N CREW CREW CREW CREW N T

I T POSITION POSITION POSITION POSITION A A T L u S A B S A B S A B S A B M(*)

N Y R T 0 P T 0 A T 0 R T 0 T P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E

P0 AX 1 0 6A 2 110 NOR 0 0 0 0 111 I/C 2t36 8442 izi 4,5 SROU MAJ 657104221 TS 2,3, 4 022 4, 5 P0 AX 110 D NOR 111 SAO-l I/C

442 SROU MAJ 221 TS 022 Q .

RO AX 110 NOR 111 SRO-l D ° =--

SRO-U MAJ 221 TS 022 Instructions: Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form 55-0-1 event numbers for each event type: TS are not applicable for RO applicants. fDa must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (SOP) positions. Instant SROs (SRO-l) must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an SRO-l additionally serves in the SOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the Iwo I/C malfunctions required tor the AIC poaitio . Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C2.a of Appendix 0. () Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component maltunctions on a 1-for-i basi , Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included: only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hand column . For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place Sf0-I applicants in either the ATC or SOP position to best evaluate the SRO-l in manipulating plant control ES-301-5 (Revision 10)

ES-301 Transient and Event Checklist Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Exam: 05/08/2017 Operating Test No.: 2017-301 A E Operator SRO-1n2 Scenarios P V 2 6 T M P E I L N CREW CREW CREW CREW T N I T POSITION POSITION POSITION POSITION A M C

L u A T S A B S A B S A B S A B M(*)

N Y A T 0 A T 0 R T 0 R T 0 T P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E

RO RX 6A 0 1 1 1 0 NOR 4 0 1 111 SRO-l I/C 1,2, 1,3 6 4 4 2 3,6 SRO-U MAJ 710 5 3 221 I:J TS 15 2 022 RO RX 110 NOR 111 SRO-I I/C 442 SRO-U MAJ 221 ri U

TS

0 2 2

RO RX 110 NOR 111 a

SRO-I =

-:

I/C SRO-U MAJ 221 TS 022 Q

Instructions:

Check the applicant level and enter the operating teal number and Form ES-D-I event numbers for each event type; TS are not applicable for P0 applicants. P05 muat serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (SOP) poaitiona. Instant SROs (SRO-l) muat serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component Cl/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. It an SRO-l additionally serves in the SOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC positio . Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix 0. () Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-i basi . Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hand column . For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place SRO-l applicants in either the ArC or SOP position to best evaluate the SRO-l in manipulating plant control ES-301-5 (Revision 10)

ES-301 Transient and Event Checklist Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Exam: 05/08/2017 Operating Test No: 2017-301 A E Operator SRO-1n3 Scenarios P V 2 6 1 T M P E I L N CREW CREW CREW CREW T N I T POSITION POSmON POSmON POSmON A C LU A T S A B S A B S A B S A B M(*)

N Y A T 0 R T 0 R T 0 R T C TT T P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E

RO RX 6A 0 1 2 110 D NOR 4 0 0 1 111 SRO-I lxi 3,6 3,4 SRO-U MA] 7,10 5 6 4 221 D TS 1,5 3,4 4 0 2 2 RO RX 710 D NOR 111 SROI 4 4 2 D

SROU MA]

TS 022 Q

RO RX 110 D NOR 111 SAC-I I/C 4 4 2 SRO-U MA] 221 TS 022 D

Instructions:

1 Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-D-i event numbers for each event type; TS are not applicable for RD applicants. ROs must serve in both the at-the-controls tATC) and balance-of-plant (SOP) positions. Instant SROs (SRO-l) must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an SRO-l additionallyserves in the BOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC positio . Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix D. () Reactivity and normal evolutions maybe replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-i basi . Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions shoutd be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hsnd column . For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place SRO-l applicants in either the ATC or SOP position to beat evaluate the SRO-l in manipulating plant control ES-301 -5 (Revision 10)

ES-301 Transient and Event Checklist Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Exam: 05/08/2017 Operating Test No.: 2017-301 A E Operator_SRO-1n4 Scenarios P V 6 2 T M P E L N CREW CREW CREW CREW T N I T POSITION POSITION POSITION POSITION A M C

L u A T S A B S A B S A B S A B Mf*)

N Y R T 0 R T 0 R T 0 R T 0 T P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E

RO RX 0 0 0 110 NOR 0 4 1 111 SROI I/C 12136442 3,4 SRO-U MAJ 5 7,10 3 2 2 1 TS 34 2 022 RO RX 110 NOR 111 SRO-l I/C SRO-U MAJ 221 TS 022 RO RX 110 D

NOR 111 SROI I/C 4 42 SRO-U MAJ 221 TS 022 Instructions: Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-D-1 event numbers for each event type; TS are not applicable for RO applicante. ROs must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (HOP) positions, Instant SROs (SRO-l) must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an SRO-l additionally serves in the HOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC positio . Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d( but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix C. () Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-i basi . Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hand column . For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place 5140-I applicants in either the ATC or HOP position to best evaluate the SRO-l in manipulating plant control ES-301-5 (Revision 10)

ES-307 Transient and Event Checklist Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Exam: 05/08/2017 Operating Test No.: 2017-301 A E Operator SRO-1n5 Scenarios P V 6 2 T M P E o I L N CREW CREW CREW CREW T N I T POSfl1ON POSfl1ON POSmON P0SmON A C LU A T S A B S A B S A B S A B M(*)

N Y R T 0 R T 0 R T 0 A T 0 T P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E

RO RX 5 0 6A 2 110 D NOR 0 0 0 0 111 SRO-l I/C Lt36 8442 3,4 MAJ 657j0 4221 L

TS 2,4 2 022 RO RX 110 D NOR 111 SRO-I I/C 442 SRO-U MAJ 221 TS .: 022 RO RX 110 D NOR 111 SRO-l I/C 442 SAC-U MA] 221 TS 022 Q

Instructions: Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-D-i event numbers for each event type; TS are not applicable for RD applicants, ADs must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (SOP) positions. Instant SACs (SRO-l) must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an SRO-l additionally serves in the BOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC positio . Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix D. () Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-i basi . Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hand column . For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place SAD-I applicants in either the ATC or SOP position to beat evaluate the SAD-I in manipulating plant control ES-301-5 (Revision 10)

ES-301 Transient and Event Checklist Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Exam: 05/08/2017 Operating Test No.: 2017-301 A E Operator_SRO-1n6 Scenarios P V 2 6 3 T M P E I L N CREW CREW CREW CREW N T

i i POSITION POSITION POSITION POSITION I A

C L A I u

S A B S A B S A B S A B M(*)

N Y R T 0 R T 0 R T C R T C T P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E

AC RX 6A 0 5 2 110 NOR 4 0 0 1 111 SAC-I I/C Zt4442 123 3,6 3,4 SAC-U MAJ 7,10 5 6 4 221 TS 1,5 3,4 4 0 2 2 RO RX 110 D NCR 111 SRC-l I/C .442 Q MAJ SAC-U 22i TS 022 RO RX 110 D NOR 111 SAC-I I/C 442 SRO-U MAJ 221 TS 022 Instructions: Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-D-1 event numbers for each event type; TS are not applicable for RO applicants. ROs must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (SOP) positions. Instant SROa (SRO-l) must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an SF0-I additionally serves in the SOP position, one I/C maltunclion can be credited toward the two I/C mattunctions required for the ATC position. Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix D. () Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-i basis. Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence Count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hand columns. For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place SF0-I applicants in either the ATC or SOP position to best evaluate the SF0-I in manipulating plant control ES-301-5 (Revision 10)

ES-301 Transient and Event Checklist Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Exam: 05/08/2017 Operating Test No.: 201 7-301 A E Operator_SRO-U1 Scenarios P V 3 1 T M P E I L N CREW CREW CREW CREW T N I T POSITION POSITION POSITION POSITION A M

C L u A S A B S A B S A B S A B M(*)

N Y R T 0 P T C R T 0 A T 0 T P C C P 0 C P C C P 0 C P E

AC AX 5 1 2 110 D NCR 0 0 0 111 SRO-I I/C t2 8442 D 3,4 4,5 S AC-U MAJ 6 6 2 2 2 1 TS 2,4 2,3, 6 0 2 2 4, 5 AC Ax 110 C NOR 1 1 1 SAC-I I/C 442 MAJ 221 SACU Q TS 022 RC AX 110 NCA 1 1 1 SAC-I I/C 442 SRC-U MAJ 221 TS 022 Instructions: Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-D-1 event numbers for each event type; TS are not applicable for P0 applicants. ROs must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (SOP) positions. Instant SF1Os (SRO-l) must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an SRO-l additionally serves in the SOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC positio . Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix D. (*) Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a I-for-i basi . Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hand column . For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place SRO-l applicants in either the ATC or BOP position to best evaluate the SRO-l in manipulating plant control ES-301-5 (Revision 10)

ES-301 Transient and Event Checklist Form ES-301-5 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Exam: 05/08/2017 Operating Test No.: 2017-301 A E Operator SRO-U2 Scenarios P V 3 T M

P E I L N CREW CREW CREW CREW N T

I T POSITION POSITION POSITION POSITION I A M C

L u A T S A B S A B S A B S B M(*)

A N Y A T 0 R T 0 R 1 0 R T 0 T P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P 0 C P E

RO RX 5 1 2 110 D NOR 0 0 0 111 SRO-I I/C 1,2, 2, 8 4 4 2 D

3,4 4,5 SRO-U MAJ 66:. 2221 TS 24236022 4,5 RO RX 110 D NOR 1 1 1 SRO-I I/C 442 SROU MAJ 221 Q TS 022 RO RX 110 D NOR  :.

111 SRO-I I/C 442 SRO-U MAJ 221 TS Q 022 Instructions: Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-U-i event numbers for each event type, TS are not applicable for Rb applicants. ROs must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-ot-plant (BOP) positions. Instant SROs (Sf0-I) must same in both the Sf0 and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an SRO-t additiona/& serves in the SOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC position. Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or control/ed abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix () Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-i basis. Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hand columns. For licensees that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place SRO-l applicants in either the ATC or SOP position to best evaluate the SRO-l in manipulating plant control ES-301 -5 (Revision 10)

ES-301 Competencies Checklist Form ES-301-6 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Examination: 05/08/2017 Operating Test No.: 2017-301 APPLICANTS RO SRO-I i SRO-U I1

. SCENARIO SCENARIO SCENARIO Competencies 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 2 3, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 2,3, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 2,3, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, Interpret/Diagnose 4, 5, 3, 5, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5, 3, 5, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5, 3, 5, 3, 4, 3, 4, Events and 6, 7, 8 6, 7, 6, 7, 8 5, 6, 6, 7, 8 6, 7, 6, 7, 8 5, 6, 6, 7, 8 6, 7, 6, 7, 8 5, 6, Conditions 8, 9, 7, 8 8, 9, 7, 8 8, 9, 7, 8 10 10 10 1 2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, Comply With and 3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4 3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4, 3 4 3 4 3 4 3, 4, 3, 4, Use Procedures (1) 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 7, 8 7, 8, 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8, 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8, 7, 8 7, 8 9,10 9,10 9,10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Operate Control 3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4 3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4, Boards (2) 5, 6, 6, 7, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 6, 7, 5, 6, 5, 6, 7,8 8,9, 7,8 7,8 7,8 8,9, 7,8 7,8 10 10 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, Communicate 3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4, 3, 4, 3 4 3, 4 3 4, 3 4 3 4 and Interact 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 5, 6, 7, 8 7, 8, 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8, 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8, 7, 8 7, 8 9,10 9,10 9,10 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, Demonstrate 3, 4, 3, 5, 3, 4, 3, 4, 5 3, 4, 3, 5, 3, 4, 3, 4, 5 Supervisory Ability (3) 5, 6 6, 7, 5, 6 5, 6 6, 7, 5, 6 10 10 2,3, 1,5 2,4 1 4 2,3, 1,5 2,4 1,4 Comply With and 4, 5 4, 5 Use Tech. Specs. (3)

Notes:

(1) Includes Technical Specification compliance for an R (2) Optional for an SRO- (3) Only applicable to SROs.

Instructions:

Check the applicants license type and enter one or more event numbers that will allow the examiners to evaluate every applicable competency for evenj applicant. (This includes all rating factors for each competency.) (Competency Rating factors as described on forms ES-303-7 and ES-303-3.)

(Revision 10)

ES-301 Competencies Checklist Form ES-301-6 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Examination: 05/08/2017 Operating Test No.: 2017-301 APPLICANTS RO SRO-I E SRO-U Competencies SCENARIO SCENARIO SCENARIO 5 6 5 6 5 6 2,3,4,6,7, 1, 2,3,4,5, 2,3,4,6,7, 1,2,3,4,5, 2,3,4,6,7, 1, 2,3,4,5, Interpret/Diagnose 8, 9, 10 6, 7 8, 9, 10 6, 7 8, 9, 10 6, 7 Events and Conditions 1,2,3,4,5, 1,2,3,4,5, 1,2,3,4,5, 1,2,3,4,5, 1,2,3,4,5, 1,2,3,4,5, Comply Withand 6,7,8,9,10 6,7 6,7,8,9,10 6,7 6,7,8,9,10 6,7 Use Procedures (1)

12345 12345 12345 12345 Operate Control 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 6, 7 6,7, 8, 9, 10 6, 7 Boards (2)

1 2 3,4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1,2 3,4,5, 1,2 3,4,5, 1 2 3 4 5 1 2,3,4,5, Communicate 6,7,8,9,10 6,7 6,7,8,9,10 6,7 6,7,8,9,10 6,7 and Interact 1,2,3,4,6,71,2,3,4,5 1,2,3,4,6,71,2,3,4,5 Demonstrate Supervisory Ability (3)

2,3 3,4 2,3 3,4 Comply With and Use Tech. Specs. (3)

Notes:

(1) Includes Technical Specification compliance for an R (2) Optional for an SRO- (3) Only applicable to SROs.

Instructions:

Check the applicants license type and enter one or more event numbers that will allow the examiners to evaluate every applicable competency for every applicant. (This includes all rating factors for each competency.) (Competency Rating factors as described on forms ES-303- 7 and ES-303-3.)

(Revision 10)

ES-401 PWR Examination Outline Form ES-401-2 Facility: Date of Exam:

RO K/A Category Points SRO-Only Points Tier Group K K K K K K A A A A G* A2 G* Total 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 Total Emergency &

Abnormal 2 1 2 2 N/A 1 2 N/A 1 9 2 2 4 Plant Evolutions Tier Totals 4 5 5 4 5 4 27 5 5 10 1 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 28 3 2 5 Plant 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 10 1 12 1 3 Systems Tier Totals 4 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4 4 38 5 3 8 3. Generic Knowledge and Abilities 1 2 3 4 10 1 2 3 4 7 Categories 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 1 Note: Ensure that at least two topics from every applicable K/A category are sampled within each tier of the RO and SRO-only outlines (i.e., except for one category in Tier 3 of the SRO-only outline, the Tier Totals in each K/A category shall not be less than two). (One Tier 3 Radiation Control K/A is allowed if the K/A is replaced by a K/A from another Tier 3 Category). The point total for each group and tier in the proposed outline must match that specified in the table. The final point total for each group and tier may deviate by +/-1 from that specified in the table based on NRC revisions. The final RO exam must total 75 points and the SRO-only exam must total 25 point . Systems/evolutions within each group are identified on the associated outline; systems or evolutions that do not apply at the facility should be deleted with justification; operationally important, site-specific systems/evolutions that are not included on the outline should be added. Refer to Section D.1.b of ES-401 for guidance regarding the elimination of inappropriate K/A statement . Select topics from as many systems and evolutions as possible; sample every system or evolution in the group before selecting a second topic for any system or evolutio . Absent a plant-specific priority, only those K/As having an importance rating (IR) of 2.5 or higher shall be selected. Use the RO and SRO ratings for the RO and SRO-only portions, respectivel . Select SRO topics for Tiers 1 and 2 from the shaded systems and K/A categorie . The generic (G) K/As in Tiers 1 and 2 shall be selected from Section 2 of the K/A Catalog, but the topics must be relevant to the applicable evolution or system. Refer to Section D.1.b of ES-401 for the applicable K/A . On the following pages, enter the K/A numbers, a brief description of each topic, the topics importance ratings (IRs) for the applicable license level, and the point totals (#) for each system and category. Enter the group and tier totals for each category in the table above; if fuel handling equipment is sampled in a category other than Category A2 or G* on the SRO-only exam, enter it on the left side of Column A2 for Tier 2, Group 2 (Note #1 does not apply). Use duplicate pages for RO and SRO-only exam . For Tier 3, select topics from Section 2 of the K/A catalog, and enter the K/A numbers, descriptions, IRs, and point totals (#) on Form ES-401-3. Limit SRO selections to K/As that are linked to 10 CFR 55.4 G* Generic K/As

ES-401 2 Form ES-401-2 ES-401 PWR Examination Outline Form ES-401-2 Emergency and Abnormal Plant Evolutions - Tier 1/Group 1 (RO / SRO)

E/APE # / Name / Safety Function K K K A A G* K/A Topic(s) IR #

1 2 3 1 2 000007 (BW/E02&E10; CE/E02) Reactor X EG2.4.31 Trip - Stabilization - Recovery / 1 000008 Pressurizer Vapor Space X AA1.08 Accident / 3 000009 Small Break LOCA / 3 X EK3.11 000011 Large Break LOCA / 3 X EA2.08 000015/17 RCP Malfunctions / 4 X AA2.10 000022 Loss of Rx Coolant Makeup / 2 X AK1.04 000025 Loss of RHR System / 4 X AA1.09 000026 Loss of Component Cooling X AA2.04 Water / 8 000027 Pressurizer Pressure Control X AK2.03 System Malfunction / 3 000029 ATWS / 1 X X EK2.06 G2.2.38 000038 Steam Gen. Tube Rupture / 3 X EK1.03 000040 (BW/E05; CE/E05; W/E12) EG2. Steam Line Rupture - Excessive Heat X Transfer / 4 000054 (CE/E06) Loss of Main X AK3.01 Feedwater / 4 000055 Station Blackout / 6 X EA2.01 000056 Loss of Off-site Power / 6 X AA2.88 000057 Loss of Vital AC Inst. Bus / 6 X AG2.4.18 000058 Loss of DC Power / 6 X AK3.01 000062 Loss of Nuclear Svc Water / 4 X AA2.06 000065 Loss of Instrument Air / 8 X AG2. W/E04 LOCA Outside Containment / 3 X EA W/E11 Loss of Emergency Coolant X EG2. Recirc. / 4 BW/E04; W/E05 Inadequate Heat X EK Transfer - Loss of Secondary Heat Sink / 4 000077 Generator Voltage and Electric X AK1.02 Grid Disturbances / 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 K/A Category Totals: 3 3 Group Point Total: 18/6

ES-401 3 Form ES-401-2 ES-401 PWR Examination Outline Form ES-401-2 Emergency and Abnormal Plant Evolutions - Tier 1/Group 2 (RO / SRO)

E/APE # / Name / Safety Function K K K A A G* K/A Topic(s) IR #

1 2 3 1 2 000001 Continuous Rod Withdrawal / 1 X AA2.05 000003 Dropped Control Rod / 1 000005 Inoperable/Stuck Control Rod / 1 X AG2.4.41 000024 Emergency Boration / 1 X AA2.04 000028 Pressurizer Level Malfunction / 2 X AK3.02 000032 Loss of Source Range NI / 7 000033 Loss of Intermediate Range NI / 7 X AA2.08 000036 (BW/A08) Fuel Handling Accident / 8 000037 Steam Generator Tube Leak / 3 000051 Loss of Condenser Vacuum / 4 000059 Accidental Liquid Radwaste Rel. / 9 000060 Accidental Gaseous Radwaste Rel. / 9 X AA1.01 000061 ARM System Alarms / 7 000067 Plant Fire On-site / 8 X AA2.13 000068 (BW/A06) Control Room Evac. / 8 X AK2.07 000069 (W/E14) Loss of CTMT Integrity / 5 000074 (W/E06&E07) Inad. Core Cooling / 4 X EG2.1.20 000076 High Reactor Coolant Activity / 9 X AG2.4.21 W/EO1 & E02 Rediagnosis & SI Termination / 3 W/E13 Steam Generator Over-pressure / 4 W/E15 Containment Flooding / 5 X EK W/E16 High Containment Radiation / 9 BW/A01 Plant Runback / 1 BW/A02&A03 Loss of NNI-X/Y / 7 BW/A04 Turbine Trip / 4 BW/A05 Emergency Diesel Actuation / 6 BW/A07 Flooding / 8 BW/E03 Inadequate Subcooling Margin / 4 BW/E08; W/E03 LOCA Cooldown - Depress. / 4 BW/E09; CE/A13; W/E09&E10 Natural Circ. / 4 X EK BW/E13&E14 EOP Rules and Enclosures CE/A11; W/E08 RCS Overcooling - PTS / 4 X EK CE/A16 Excess RCS Leakage / 2 CE/E09 Functional Recovery 1 2 2 1 2 1 K/A Category Point Totals: 2 2 Group Point Total: 9/4

ES-401 4 Form ES-401-2 ES-401 PWR Examination Outline Form ES-401-2 Plant Systems - Tier 2/Group 1 (RO / SRO)

System # / Name K K K K K K A A A A G* K/A Topic(s) IR #

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 003 Reactor Coolant Pump X X A4.07 K5.02 004 Chemical and Volume X X K5.32 G2.1.23 Control 005 Residual Heat Removal X X A1.02 A2.01 006 Emergency Core Cooling X X A3.08 K1.11 007 Pressurizer Relief/Quench X A3.01 Tank 008 Component Cooling Water X G2.4.46 010 Pressurizer Pressure Control X K2.04 012 Reactor Protection X A1.01 013 Engineered Safety Features X X K6.01 A2.04 Actuation 022 Containment Cooling X G2.4.35 025 Ice Condenser 026 Containment Spray X X K4.02 A2.02 039 Main and Reheat Steam X A2.03 059 Main Feedwater X X K1.04 A2.03 061 Auxiliary/Emergency X X A2.08 K6.01 Feedwater 062 AC Electrical Distribution X X K1.04 G2.2.22 063 DC Electrical Distribution X A4.01 064 Emergency Diesel Generator X X G2.1.30 K4.10 073 Process Radiation Monitoring X K3.01 076 Service Water X X A1.02 A3.02 078 Instrument Air X X A4.01 K2.01 103 Containment X K3.03 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 K/A Category Point Totals: 3 2 Group Point Total: 28/5

ES-401 5 Form ES-401-2 ES-401 PWR Examination Outline Form ES-401-2 Plant Systems - Tier 2/Group 2 (RO / SRO)

System # / Name K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 A1 A2 A3 A4 G* K/A Topic(s) IR #

001 Control Rod Drive X K2.03 002 Reactor Coolant X K5.18 011 Pressurizer Level Control X K4.05 014 Rod Position Indication X A4.04 015 Nuclear Instrumentation X G2.4.47 016 Non-Nuclear Instrumentation 017 In-Core Temperature Monitor X K6.01 027 Containment Iodine Removal X K1.01 028 Hydrogen Recombiner and Purge Control 029 Containment Purge X A1.03 033 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling X A2.03 034 Fuel Handling Equipment X K5.03 035 Steam Generator X G2.4.21 041 Steam Dump/Turbine Bypass Control 045 Main Turbine Generator 055 Condenser Air Removal X K3.01 056 Condensate X A2.04 068 Liquid Radwaste X A3.02 071 Waste Gas Disposal 072 Area Radiation Monitoring 075 Circulating Water 079 Station Air 086 Fire Protection 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 K/A Category Point Totals: 1 12 1 Group Point Total: 10/3

ES-401 Generic Knowledge and Abilities Outline (Tier 3) Form ES-401-3 Facility: Date of Exam:

Category K/A # Topic RO SRO-Only IR # IR # G2.1.26 G2.1.34 G2.1.40 G2.1.45 . Conduct of Operations . Subtotal G2.2.12 G2.2.23 G2. G2.2.37 . Equipment Control . Subtotal G2.3.13 G2.3.12 G2.3.14 G2.3.15 . G2. Radiation Control . Subtotal G2.4.23 G2.4.21 G2.4.29 . G2.4.43 Emergency Procedures / Plan . Subtotal Tier 3 Point Total 10 7

ES-401 PWR Examination Outline Form ES-401-2 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 (45Q retake exam) Date of Exam: 9/1/2017 RO K/A Category Points SRO-Only Points Tier Group K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 A1 A2 A3 A4 G* Total A2 G* Total Emergency and Abnormal Plant 2 1 1 2 N/A 1 2 N/A 2 9 2 2 4 Evolutions Tier Totals 4 4 5 4 5 5 27 5 5 10 1 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 28 3 2 5 Plant 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 10 1 2 3 Systems Tier Totals 4 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 38 4 4 8 3. Generic Knowledge and Abilities 1 2 3 4 10 1 2 3 4 7 Categories 3 2 2 3 2 2 1 2 Note: Ensure that at least two topics from every applicable K/A category are sampled within each tier of the RO and SRO-only outline sections (i.e., except for one category in Tier 3 of the SRO-only section, the Tier Totals in each K/A category shall not be less than two). (One Tier 3 radiation control K/A is allowed if it is replaced by a K/A from another Tier 3 category.) The point total for each group and tier in the proposed outline must match that specified in the table. The final point total for each group and tier may deviate by +/-1 from that specified in the table based on NRC revisions. The final RO exam must total 75 points, and the SRO-only exam must total 25 point . Systems/evolutions within each group are identified on the outline. Systems or evolutions that do not apply at the facility should be deleted with justification. Operationally important, site-specific systems/evolutions that are not included on the outline should be added. Refer to Section D.1.b of ES-401 for guidance regarding the elimination of inappropriate K/A statement . Select topics from as many systems and evolutions as possible. Sample every system or evolution in the group before selecting a second topic for any system or evolutio . Absent a plant-specific priority, only those K/As having an importance rating (IR) of 2.5 or higher shall be selected. Use the RO and SRO ratings for the RO and SRO-only portions, respectivel . Select SRO topics for Tiers 1 and 2 from the shaded systems and K/A categorie . The generic (G) K/As in Tiers 1 and 2 shall be selected from Section 2 of the K/A catalog, but the topics must be relevant to the applicable evolution or system. Refer to Section D.1.b of ES-401 for the applicable K/A . On the following pages, enter the K/A numbers, a brief description of each topic, the topics IRs for the applicable license level, and the point totals (#) for each system and category. Enter the group and tier totals for each category in the table above. If fuel-handling equipment is sampled in a category other than Category A2 or G* on the SRO-only exam, enter it on the left side of Column A2 for Tier 2, Group 2. (Note 1 does not apply). Use duplicate pages for RO and SRO-only exam . For Tier 3, select topics from Section 2 of the K/A catalog and enter the K/A numbers, descriptions, IRs, and point totals (#) on Form ES-401-3. Limit SRO selections to K/As that are linked to 10 CFR 55.4 G* Generic K/As

  • These systems/evolutions must be included as part of the sample (as applicable to the facility) when Revision 3 of the K/A catalog is used to develop the sample plan. They are not required to be included when using earlier revisions of the K/A catalo ** These systems/evolutions may be eliminated from the sample (as applicable to the facility) when Revision 3 of the K/A catalog is used to develop the sample pla ES-401 2 Form ES-401-2 ES-401 PWR Examination Outline Form ES-401-2 Emergency and Abnormal Plant EvolutionsTier 1/Group 1 (RO/SRO)

E/APE # / Name / Safety Function K1 K2 K3 A1 A2 G* K/A Topic(s) IR #

000007 (EPE 7; BW E02&E10; CE E02)

Reactor Trip, Stabilization, Recovery / 1 000008 (APE 8) Pressurizer Vapor Space X AG2.4.47 - Ability of diagnose and recognize trends Accident / 3 in an accurate and timely manner utilizing the appropriate control room reference material 000008 (APE 8) Pressurizer Vapor Space X AA1.08 12 Accident / 3 000009 (EPE 9) Small Break LOCA / 3 X EK3.11 14 000011 (EPE 11) Large Break LOCA / 3 X EA2.08 16 000015 (APE 15) Reactor Coolant Pump X AK1.02 - Consequences of an RCPS failure Malfunctions / 4 000022 (APE 22) Loss of Reactor Coolant X AK1.04 22 Makeup / 2 000025 (APE 25) Loss of Residual Heat X AK1.09 24 Removal System / 4 000026 (APE 26) Loss of Component Cooling Water / 8 000027 (APE 27) Pressurizer Pressure X AK2.03 26 Control System Malfunction / 3 000029 (EPE 29) Anticipated Transient X EK2.06 30 Without Scram / 1 000038 (EPE 38) Steam Generator Tube X EK1.03 32 Rupture / 3 000040 (APE 40; BW E05; CE E05; W E12)

Steam Line RuptureExcessive Heat Transfer / 4 000054 (APE 54; CE E06) Loss of Main X G2.2.4 - Ability to explain the variations in control Feedwater /4 board layouts, systems instrumentation and procedural actions between units at a facility (APE 54; CE E06) Loss of Main X AK3.01 34 Feedwater /4 000055 (EPE 55) Station Blackout / 6 X A2.05 - When battery is approaching fully discharged 000055 (EPE 55) Station Blackout / 6 X EA2.01 35 000056 (APE 56) Loss of Offsite Power / 6 X AA2.88 37 000057 (APE 57) Loss of Vital AC X AG2.4.18 38 Instrument Bus / 6 000058 (APE 58) Loss of DC Power / 6 X AK3.01 39 000058 (APE 58) Loss of DC Power / 6 X AG1.23 - Ability to perform specific system and integrated plant procedures during all modes of plant operation 000062 (APE 62) Loss of Nuclear Service Water / 4 000065 (APE 65) Loss of Instrument Air / 8

000077 (APE 77) Generator Voltage and X AG2.1.7- Ability to evaluate plant performance and 4.4 Electric Grid Disturbances / 6 make operational judgements based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior and instrument interpretation 000077 (APE 77) Generator Voltage and X AA2.0.8 - Criteria to trip the turbine or reactor 4.3 Electric Grid Disturbances / 6 (W E04) LOCA Outside Containment / 3 X EK2.1 - Components and functions of control and safety system, including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes and automatic and manual features (W E11) Loss of Emergency Coolant X EA1.2 - Operating behavior characteristics of the 3.8 Recirculation / 4 facility.

(BW E04; W E05) Inadequate Heat X EG2.4.9 - knowledge of low power / shutdown 3.5 TransferLoss of Secondary Heat Sink / 4 implications in accident (e.g. LOCA or loss of RHR)

mitigation strategies.

(BW E04; W E05) Inadequate Heat X EA2.1 - Facility conditions and selection of 3.4 TransferLoss of Secondary Heat Sink / 4 appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.

K/A Category Totals: 3 3 3 3 3/3 3/3 Group Point Total: 18(5

)/6

ES-401 3 Form ES-401-2 ES-401 PWR Examination Outline Form ES-401-2 Emergency and Abnormal Plant EvolutionsTier 1/Group 2 (RO/SRO)

E/APE # / Name / Safety Function K1 K2 K3 A1 A2 G* K/A Topic(s) IR #

000001 (APE 1) Continuous Rod Withdrawal / 1 X AA2.05 1 000003 (APE 3) Dropped Control Rod / 1 X AA2.02 - Signal inputs to control signals 000005 (APE 5) Inoperable/Stuck Control Rod / 1 000024 (APE 24) Emergency Boration / 1 X AK2.04 - Pumps (APE 28) Pressurizer (PZR) Level Control X AK3.02 28 Malfunction / 2 000032 (APE 32) Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation / 7 000033 (APE 33) Loss of Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation / 7 000036 (APE 36; BW/A08) Fuel-Handling Incidents / 8 000037 (APE 37) Steam Generator Tube Leak / 3 X AG2.2.44 - Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system connections 000051 (APE 51) Loss of Condenser Vacuum / 4 000059 (APE 59) Accidental Liquid Radwaste Release / 9 000060 (APE 60) Accidental Gaseous Radwaste Release / 9 X AA1.01 41 000061 (APE 61) Area Radiation Monitoring System Alarms

/7 000067 (APE 67) Plant Fire On Site / 8 000068 (APE 68; BW A06) Control Room Evacuation / 8 000069 (APE 69; W E14) Loss of Containment Integrity / 5 000074 (EPE 74; W E06 & E07) Inadequate Core Cooling /

000076 (APE 76) High Reactor Coolant Activity / 9 000078 (APE 78*) RCS Leak / 3 (W E01 & E02) Rediagnosis & SI Termination / 3 X EA2.1 - Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency condition (W E13) Steam Generator Overpressure / 4 X EA2.2 - Adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facilitys license and amendments (W E15) Containment Flooding / 5 (W E16) High Containment Radiation /9 X EG2.4.4 - Ability to recognize abnormal indication for system operating parameters which are entry level conditions for emergency and abnormal operating procedure (BW A01) Plant Runback / 1 (BW A02 & A03) Loss of NNI-X/Y/7 (BW A04) Turbine Trip / 4 (BW A05) Emergency Diesel Actuation / 6 (BW A07) Flooding / 8 (BW E03) Inadequate Subcooling Margin / 4

(BW E08; W E03) LOCA CooldownDepressurization / 4 X EK3.2 - Normal, abnormal and emergency operating procedures associated with (LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization)

(BW E09; CE A13**; W E09 & E10) Natural Circulation/4 X EK1.2 - Normal, abnormal and emergency operating procedures associated with (Natural Circulation Cooldown)

(BW E13 & E14) EOP Rules and Enclosures (CE A11**; W E08) RCS OvercoolingPressurized Thermal X EG2.4.2 - Knowledge of system 4.5 Shock / 4 set points, interlocks and automatic actions associated with EOP entry conditions (CE A11**; W E08) RCS OvercoolingPressurized Thermal X EG2.4.34 - Knowledge of RO 4.1 Shock / 4 tasks performed outside the main control room during an emergency and the resultant operational effects.

(CE A16) Excess RCS Leakage / 2 (CE E09) Functional Recovery (CE E13*) Loss of Forced Circulation/LOOP/Blackout / 4 K/A Category Point Totals: 1 1 2 1 2/2 2/2 Group Point Total: 9(6)/

ES-401 4 Form ES-401-2 ES-401 PWR Examination Outline Form ES-401-2 Plant SystemsTier 2/Group 1 (RO/SRO)

System # / Name K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 A1 A2 A3 A4 G* K/A Topic(s) IR #

003 (SF4P RCP) Reactor Coolant X K5.02 5 Pump 003 (SF4P RCP) Reactor Coolant X A4.07 4 Pump 004 (SF1; SF2 CVCS) Chemical and X K5.32 6 Volume Control 004 (SF1; SF2 CVCS) Chemical and X G2.4.41 - Knowledge of the emergency action Volume Control level thresholds and classification (SF4P RHR) Residual Heat X A1.02 7 Removal 005 (SF4P RHR) Residual Heat X A2.01 8 Removal 006 (SF2; SF3 ECCS) Emergency X K1.11 10 Core Cooling 006 (SF2; SF3 ECCS) Emergency X A3.08 9 Core Cooling 007 (SF5 PRTS) Pressurizer X A3.01 11 Relief/Quench Tank 008 (SF8 CCW) Component Cooling X G2.4.46 13 Water 010 (SF3 PZR PCS) Pressurizer X K2.04 15 Pressure Control 012 (SF7 RPS) Reactor Protection X A1.01 18 012 (SF7 RPS) Reactor Protection X A2.06 - Failure of RPS signal to trip the reactor 013 (SF2 ESFAS) Engineered X A2.05 - Loss of dc control power Safety Features Actuation 013 (SF2 ESFAS) Engineered X K6.01 19 Safety Features Actuation 022 (SF5 CCS) Containment Cooling X G2.4.35 23 025 (SF5 ICE) Ice Condenser 026 (SF5 CSS) Containment Spray X K4.02 25 039 (SF4S MSS) Main and Reheat X A2.03 33 Steam 059 (SF4S MFW) Main Feedwater X K1.04 40 059 (SF4S MFW) Main Feedwater X A2.07 - Tripping of MFW pump turbine (SF4S AFW) X G2.2.22 - Knowledge of limiting conditions for Auxiliary/Emergency Feedwater operations and safety limits 061 (SF4S AFW) X A2.08 42 Auxiliary/Emergency Feedwater 061 (SF4S AFW) X K6.01 43 Auxiliary/Emergency Feedwater 062 (SF6 ED AC) AC Electrical X K3.02 - ED/G Distribution

062 (SF6 ED AC) AC Electrical X K1.04 44 Distribution 063 (SF6 ED DC) DC Electrical X K2.01 - Major DC loads 2.9 Distribution 063 (SF6 ED DC) DC Electrical X A4.01 45 Distribution 064 (SF6 EDG) Emergency Diesel X K3.01 - Systems controlled by automatic 3.8 Generator loader 073 (SF7 PRM) Process Radiation X A4.01 - Effluent release 3.9 Monitoring 076 (SF4S SW) Service Water X K4.02 - Automatic start features associated with SWS pump controls 078 (SF8 IAS) Instrument Air X G2.4.50 - Ability to verify system alarm set points and operate controls in the alarm response manual 103 (SF5 CNT) Containment X K4.06 - Containment isolation system 3.1 103 (SF5 CNT) Containment X K3.03 - Loss of containment integrity under refueling operations 053 (SF1; SF4P ICS*) Integrated Control K/A Category Point Totals: 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 3/ 2 3 3/ Group Point Total: 28(8)

3 2 /5

ES-401 5 Form ES-401-2 ES-401 PWR Examination Outline Form ES-401-2 Plant SystemsTier 2/Group 2 (RO/SRO)

System # / Name K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 A A2 A3 A4 G* K/A Topic(s) IR #

001 (SF1 CRDS) Control Rod Drive X K2.03 2 002 (SF2; SF4P RCS) Reactor X K5.18 3 Coolant 011 (SF2 PZR LCS) Pressurizer X G2.1.20 - Ability to execute procedures steps. Level Control 011 (SF2 PZR LCS) Pressurizer X K4.05 17 Level Control 014 (SF1 RPI) Rod Position X A4.04 20 Indication 015 (SF7 NI) Nuclear X G2.1.25 - Ability to interpret reference Instrumentation materials such as graphs, monographs and tables which contain performance dat (SF7 NNI) Nonnuclear X A3.01 - Automatic selection of NNIS inputs to Instrumentation control systems 017 (SF7 ITM) In-Core Temperature X K6.01 21 Monitor 027 (SF5 CIRS) Containment Iodine X K1.01 27 Removal 028 (SF5 HRPS) Hydrogen Recombiner and Purge Control 029 (SF8 CPS) Containment Purge X A1.03 29 033 (SF8 SFPCS) Spent Fuel Pool Cooling 034 (SF8 FHS) Fuel-Handling Equipment 035 (SF 4P SG) Steam Generator X G2.4.21 31 041 (SF4S SDS) Steam Dump/Turbine Bypass Control 045 (SF 4S MTG) Main Turbine Generator 055 (SF4S CARS) Condenser Air X K3.01 36 Removal 056 (SF4S CDS) Condensate 068 (SF9 LRS) Liquid Radwaste 071 (SF9 WGS) Waste Gas Disposal 072 (SF7 ARM) Area Radiation Monitoring 075 (SF8 CW) Circulating Water 079 (SF8 SAS**) Station Air 086 Fire Protection X A2.03 - Inadvertent actuation of the FPS due to circuit failure or weldin (SF 9 CRV*) Control Room Ventilation K/A Category Point Totals:

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0/ 1 1 1/ Group Point Total: 10 (1)/3 1 2

ES-401 Generic Knowledge and Abilities Outline (Tier 3) Form ES-401-3 Facility: Date of Exam:

Category K/A # Topic RO SRO-only IR # IR #

2.1.13 Knowledge of facility requirements for controlling vital / controlled acces .1.29 Knowledge of how to conduct system lineups, such as valves, breakers, switches, ec . Conduct of 2.1.44 Knowledge of RO duties in the control room during fuel Operations handlin .1.34 Knowledge of primary and secondary chemistry limits .1.45 Ability to identify and interpret diverse indications to validate the response of another indication Subtotal 2.2.39 Knowledge of less than one hour technical specification action statements for system . Knowledge of process for making changes to a procedur . Equipment 2.2.15 Ability to determine the expected plant configuration Control using design and configuration control documentation 2.2.44 Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system , and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions Subtotal 2.3.13 Knowledge of radiological safety procedures pertaining licensed operator dutie . Radiation 2. Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal Control and emergency condition . Ability to approve release permits Subtotal 2.4.20 Knowledge of operational implications of EOP warnings, cautions and note .4.21 Knowledge of the parameters and logic used to access the status of safety function . Emergency 2.4.27 Knowledge of fire in plant procedure .4 Procedures/Plan 2.4.19 Knowledge of EOP layout, symbols and icons .4.38 Ability to take actions called for in the facility emergency plan, including supporting or acting as emergency coordinato Subtotal Tier 3 Point Total 10 7

ES-407 -4 Record of Rejected K/As Page 1 of 1 K/A listed in column 2 is the rejected K/A Tier I Randomly Reason for Rejection Group Selected K/A T2G2 056A2.04 The K/A is SRO-only and involves the loss of condensate pumps and how this impacts the condensate system. After SRQ researching the question possibilities, it was determined that testing this K/A at the SRO level is not feasibl NRC Chief Examiner randomly selected 034K5.03 as the replacement K/ ES-401 -4 Record of Rejected K/As Page 1 of 1 K/A listed in column 2 is the rejected K/A Tier I Randomly Reason for Rejection Group Selected K/A T1G1 054AG2.2.04 The K/A is SRO-only and requires knowledge of control room unit differences as related to a loss of main feedwate SF1 After researching the question possibilities, it was determined that testing this K/A at the SRO level is not feasible since no significant unit differences exist in response to this abnormal conditio NRC Chief Examiner randomly selected 054AG2.2.04 as the replacement K/ T3 G2.4.19 The K/A is SRO-only and requires knowledge of EOP layout, symbols, and icons. After researching the question RO possibilities, it was determined that testing this K/A at the SRO level is not feasibl NRC Chief Examiner randomly selected G2.4.32 as the replacement K/ ES-401 Written Examination Quality Checklist Form ES-401-6 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Exam: 05/08/2017 Exam Level: ROI SROI Initial Item Description a b* c# Questions and answers are technically accurate and applicable to the facilit /t., NRC K/As are referenced for all question Facility learning objectives are referenced as availabl / SRD questions are appropriate in accordance with Section D.2.d of ES-401 7-z 4 The sampling process was random and systematic (If more than 4 RD or 2 SRO questions were repeated_from_the last two_NRC_licensing_exams,_consult_the NRRJNRO DL_program_office). Question duplication from the licensee screening/audit exam was controlled as indicated below (check the item that applies) and appears appropriate The audit exam was systematically and randomly developed; or the audit exam was completed before the license exam was started; or i-iL the examinations were developed independently; or licensee certifies that there is no duplication; or other (explain) Bank use meets limits (no more than 75 percent from Bank Modified New the bank, at least 10 percent new, and the rest new or modified); enter the actual RD / SRD-only 21 (28%) / 38(51%)! 16 (21%) / G1J( 4IC question distribution(s) at right 7(28%) 15 (60%) 3 (12%) 0 Between 50 and 60 percent of the questions on the Memo C/A RD exam are written at the comprehension! analysis level; the SRD exam may exceed 60 percent if the randomly selected K/As support the higher cognitive levels; enter the actual RD / SRD question 35 (47%) / 9 (36%) 40 (53%)! 16 (64%)

distribution(s)_at_righ . References/handouts provided do not give away answers or aid in the elimination of distractor .-. Question content conforms to specific K/A statements in the previously approved examination outline and is appropriate for the tier to which they are assigned; deviations are justifie . Question psychometric quality and format meet the guidelines in ES Appendix .1q1 1 The exam contains the required number of one-point, multiple choice items; the total is correct and agrees with the value on the cover shee Printed Name / Signature Date Author .

JZ?i7 Facility Reviewer(*) ker en NRC Chief Examiner (#) / 27 NRC Regional SupeMsor

/ i ( /1 7

Note: The facility reviewers initials or signature are not applicable for NRC-developed examination # Independent NRC reviewer initials items in Column c; chief examiner concurrence require ES-401 Written Examination Quality Checklist Form ES-401-6 Facility: Vogtle 1 & 2 Date of Exam: 09/07/2017 Exam Level: ROI SROI

.

Initial Item Description a b* c*# Questions and answers are technically accurate and applicable to the facilit C.Y1 c:43 NRC K/As are referenced for all question Facility learning objectives are referenced as availabl . SRO questions are appropriate in accordance with Section D.2.d of ES-401 7b i4t 4 The sampling process was random and systematic (If more than 4 RO or 2 SRO questions were repeated_from_the last two_NRC_licensing_exams,_consult the NRRINRO_OL_program_office). Question duplication from the licensee screening/audit exam was controlled as indicated below (check the item that applies) and appears appropriate The audit exam was systematically and randomly developed; or the audit exam was completed before the license exam was started; or the examinations were developed independently; or xthe licensee certifies that there is no duplication; or other (explain) Bank use meets limits (no more than 75 percent Bank Modified New from the bank, at least 10 percent new, and the rest new or modified); enter the actual RO / SRO-only 22 (29%) / 39 (52%) / 14 (19%) /

question distribution(s) at right 6 (24%) 15 (60%) 4 (16%) Between 50 and 60 percent of the questions on the Memo C/A RO exam are written at the comprehension /

analysis level; the SRO exam may exceed 60 percent if the randomly selected K/As support the higher cognitive levels; enter the actual RO / SRO 36 (48%) / 10 (40%) 39 (52%) / 15 (60%)

question_distribution(s)_at_righ . References/handouts provided do not give away answers or aid in the elimination of distractor L.., °S Question content conforms to specific K/A statements in the previously approved examination outline and_is_appropriate_for the tier to_which_they_are_assigned;_deviations_are_justifie . Question psychometric quality and format meet the guidelines in ES Appendix A4L 1 The exam contains the required number of one-point, multiple choice items; the total is correct and agrees with the value on the cover shee OJ Printed Name / Signature Date Author tZEE Facility Reviewer () -n kr Oq3 (i 7 NRC Chief Examiner (#) /1%gt / ft NRC Regional Supervisor ci-ç

/ gzq (ij

Note: The facility reviewers initials or signature are not applicable for NRC-developed examination # Independent NRC reviewer initials items in Column c; chief examiner concurrence require (Revision 10)

VOGTLE 2017 RO - SRO INITIAL EXAM REVIEW 60 day PASS WORD protected SENT 2-2 ES-401 Written Examination Review Worksheet Form ES-401-9 3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only GENERIC COMMENTS: What are the last two examinations using the Vogtle Designation or NRC examinations? There appears to have lots of over lapping issues with previous examinations. I would like to see a table of all questions and where they come from so I can make sure the new questions and previously used question . Need to be consistent with the use of bolding and types of words that are bolde . When an annunciator designator is used ie, ALB05-E02, Spent Fuel.. should there be a coma after the number designator? I believe that there should be a coma there. Discuss with license . Class make up 7 SROi, 2 SROu, 8 ROs 001.AA2.05, Unit 1, C/A, Modified TP . should the word outside be bolded as in the first part where minimum is bolded? I would not want an applicant to miss this by not paying attention to which way the AFD is goin H 2-3 M S 2. KA appears to match 3. Meets modified requirements Otherwise appears to be o Monday, February 27, 2017 Bolded outsid . Ok as is 002K2.03, Unit 1, Modified Vogtle (ILT 19), NRC question 1 Does 1CD1 need to be identified by noun name? KA appears to match Meets modified requirement H 2-3 M S When we meet, would like to have licensee show the panel numbers based on the diagrams they provide . Otherwise appears to be o Monday, February 27, 2017 Do not need to spell out the noun nam K5.18, Unit 1, NEW, C/A No pressure is provided in the Initial conditions. This would show that the unit was in compliance at the beginning. Is this necessary? KA appears to matc H 2-3 N E In the two questions, both refer to the given conditions. Which given condition is the applicant expected to use, the IC or Current Conditions? Is it true that the ONLY document is the heat up curve to be given? Looks like it is

3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only and that should be ok. The question states REFERENCES. Should it be REFERENCE? Is the reference provided going to have the wording on the graph? This sort of makes the first part a graph the point and see where it falls. Is this direct look up?

Discuss with removing the curve nomenclature. With the nomenclature in I would think that there is no way that distractors C and D could be a reasonable answer. Discuss with licensee S

Monday, February 27, 2017 Added pressure of 350 Need to add consider each statement separately. In order to insure that the applicants will know to answer separatel A4.07, UNIT 2, Mod VOG 2015, (ILT 20) question 2 . 022AK1.03 original KA, the question provided was from VOG 2013? One is E incorrect, discuss with license . KA appears to match States based on the given conditions, but there are current conditions, should this be 4 H 2-3 M changed to reflect this or is given conditions ok? Meets the modified requirement . Otherwise appears to be o S Monday, February 27, 2017 This is the 2015 questio . Changed to current condition Appears to be ok 003K5.02, UNIT 2, Bank VOG 13 (ILT 18) NRC Q4 KA appears to matc . In first question, why are we telling the applicant that as the RCP flow lowers 5 H 2-3 B E during coastdown, this is teaching and should be removed from the question. It can be asked what happens to DNBR as RCP pump speed decreases? Or something like tha . Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only Why is the procedure in the original question different than in the current question? The original has a DF-1 this one is C- Should the second part for the immediate tripping the reactor include the procedure?

190002- S Not sure I like the items centered, it is harder to rea Discuss recommended changes to the questio Monday, February 28, 2017 Changed to RCP speed lowers The reactor trip is in 18005 not in the 19002 004K5.32, UNIT 1, NEW, KA appears to match Again, using the centered under the 1 and the 2, not sure this is bad but this question S it appears to be o . The answer to me was obvious that freeze protection is NOT the answer. This is very obvious to me. Does it make it plausible?

6 M 2 N Not sure. Is there something else that can be substituted in its place? Did anyone get this incorrect because of freeze protection?

S Tuesday, February 28, 2017 All the systems are in the same procedur This is about as good as we can get i . Ok as it stand A1.02, Unit 1, Audit VOG 14, (ILT19)025AK1.01 KA appears to matc H 2-3 B S Using centering for the answers makes it hard to read, ask licensee to look at and say if it is ok as is or needs to be change A2.01, UNIT 1, MOD 14 (UKT19) NRC 9 007A2.02 KA appears to be matc . Does not meet the modified requirement Therefore, this is considered a Bank

?U M question. Discuss with license F 2-3 B Since the discharge relief valves could S

also OPEN is it possible to run this on the simulator to insure this is a totally correct answer? To ensure if the discharge reliefs opened than so did the suction relief valve open?

3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only Why is distractor that has 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> in the second part reasonable for memory when the 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> is NOT required memory level? It seems to me that the 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> is a given. Discuss with licensee. I would think that this would make this two non plausible distractors. Again discus Tuesday, February 28, 2017 This was modified ok, misunderstood they changed the second part of the questio . Suction only can go to the PR Discharge goes to the RHUT, therefore only one answe . Ops rep states they are required to know this from memor . Should not have been a U to begin wit . Should have been evaluated as an Instructions (Refer to Section D of ES-401 and Appendix B for additional information regarding each of the following concepts: Enter the level of knowledge (LOK) of each question as either (F)undamental or (H)igher cognitive leve . Enter the level of difficulty (LOD) of each question a 1(easy) to 5 ( difficult); (questions with a difficulty between 2 and 4 are acceptable) Check the appropriate box if a psychometric flaw is identified:

  • Stem Focus: The stem lacks sufficient focus to elicit the correct answer (e.g., unclear intent, more information is needed, or too much needless information).
  • Cues: The stem or distractors contain cues (i.e., clues, specific determiners, phrasing, length, etc.).
  • T/F: The answer choices are a collection of unrelated true/false statement * Cred. Dist: The distractors are not credible; single implausible distractors should be repaired, more than one is unacceptabl * Partial: One or more distractors is (are) partially correct (e.g., if the applicant can make unstated assumptions that are not contradicted by stem). Check the appropriate box if a job content error is identified:
  • Job Link: The question is not linked to the job requirements (i.e., the question has a valid K/A but, as written, is not operational in content).
  • Minutia: The question requires the recall of knowledge that is too specific for the closed reference test mode (i.e., it is not required to be known from memory).
  • # / Units: The question contains data with an unrealistic level of accuracy or inconsistent units (e.g., panel meter in percent with question in gallons).
  • Backward: The question requires reverse logic or application compared to the job requirement . Check questions that are sampled for conformance with the approved K/A and those K/As that are designated SRO-only (K/A and license level mismatches are unacceptable) Enter questions source: (B)ank, (M)odified, or (N)ew. Verify that (M)odified questions meet the criteria of ES-401 Section D. . Based on the reviewer's judgment, is the question as written (U)nsatisfactory (requiring repair or replacement), in need of (E)ditorial enhancement, or (S)atisfactory? At a minimum, explain any "U" Status ratings (e.g., how the Appendix B psychometric attributes are not being met).

ES-401 2 Form ES-401-9

3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only 006A3.08, UNIT 1, Bank, VOG 13 (ILT18)NRC Q7 KA appears to match For the first question, why is the location for valve 1HV-8811A not identified in the question answer? The second question specifically identifies 9 H 3 B S that valve 1HV-8811B is on the QMC Discuss with licensee to see if QMCB should be at the end of the first questio Otherwise appears to be ok as i Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Did add the position of thi . Ok as change K1.11, UNIT 1, NEW, Fundamental 10 F 2-3 N S KA appears to match Appears to be o A3.01, UNIT 2, Modified, VOG 2105 (ILT20) NRC 8 KA appears to match, was this the same KA for the question ILT 20? Information not listed on exam, at least I do think s . Should maximum be capitalized and or 11 F 2-3 M S BOLDED. Need to ensue this is consistent with what the applicant understand . Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28 2017 Bolded maximum as requeste . Ok as is 008AA1.08, UNIT 1, Mod 2008 (ILT15)NRC Q10, 007K1.01, Higher KA appears to matches States no references are provided. How is the applicant expected to answer this without Steam Tables?

12 H S Do operators have this information in their head? Discuss with licensee. Ask licensee to use stm tables to ideni-==o[0 Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Will provide steam tables on the exam 008G2.4.46, Modified VOG 15(ILT20) NRC Q 29 with KA = 026G2.4.46, C/A, UNIT 1 KA appears to match 13 H 3 M S Unit 1 Appears to meet modified requirement . Appears to be ok

3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only 009EK3.11, UNIT 2, REUSE VOG15 (ILT20),

NRC Q 51, 074EA1.17, memory 1. KA appears to matc E 2. The question was changed for the pressure. The old pressure was 200 psig, and that was associated with core cooling, and this was changed to 120 14 F 2-3 B psig. The 200 appears in ECA 2.0 and the 120 is in C-1. WHY did we change this question?

S Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 1. EOP value change . Ok as i K2.04, BANK, VOG06, NRC Q15 KA appears to match Are the operators expected to know from memory these power supply for these safety valves? In the reference material with this question, it appears there are a few pages of Westinghouse Proprietary Class 2 information. IS this PROPRIETARY?? How are we supposed to handle this 15 F 2-3 B S documentation? Ask license . Appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Expected to know power supplies to the monitor . The material was original construction documentation, the proprietary should have been removed. The final version will be change EA2.08, NEW, C/A, UNIT 1, KA appears to match THE licensee needs to explain what the distractor means by saying complete one train at a time. I think this could mean 16 H 2-3 N E that the applicants should try to do each separately. Stopping the A train of SIPs then B train of SIPs then A train of CCPs and then B train of CCPs. I need to have this explaine . Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only Not a very hard or C/A ability to determine answers. The first part is memory level which is in the notes of a procedure. The second one is looking at a table with all the information on the page. Discuss with license S Other than that appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 The question was rewritten to have one train then the alternate train of that system removed from service. The change makes this cleare K4.05, MOD, VOG 17(ILT19) NRC Q 49, 065AA2.08, 17 H 2-3 M S KA appears to match Appears to be ok No issues 012A1.01, Bank 013 (ILT18) NRC Q16, UNIT 2 18 H 2-3 B S KA appears to match Appears to be o K6.01, Mod VOG 14 (ILT19) NRC Q 18, KA appears to match Is it necessary to say that the bistables are de-energized? This seems to me that this has to deal with the HI 1 or HI 2 In both questions, should minimum be 19 H 2-3 B S bolded so it is not missed? IT was bolded in the bank versio . Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Bolded minimiz . Ok as i A4.04, NEW, Memory, UNIT 1, KA appears to match When answering this question, the operator has to assume that 1HS-40039, has been reset. If during the exam someone asks the proctor this, what will the answer be? Assume that all actions 20 F N S have functioned properly prior to moving 1HS-40038? Appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 The reference for the HS above does not have anything to do with the question. It was there for plausibilit . OK as is

3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only 017K6.01, MOD VOG 2011, (ILT17),NRC Q 20 same KA, UNIT 1 KA appears to be a repeat and appears to match The question meets the modified requirement . Would the licensee change the order of the second questions answers to start with 21 M S WILL NOT then WILL and so forth so the answer will be A instead of B? This being asked because the original questions answer was Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Does not have to be changed. Will leave this as the originally presente . Ok as i AK1.04, NEW, UNIT 1, Fundamental/Memory KA appears to NOT meet the KA. The KA asks the reader to determine the reason for swapping from manual to automati U The question asks the reader to determine IF permission is required from the S This is not quite the same. Discuss with the licensee. Discuss with other Chief Examine F 2-3 N The question is ok, however it does not match the KA. Discuss with licensee and talk about replacin Tuesday, February 28, 2017 S New part 1. Ok with the change, see exam Second part change to pressure level control system vice controller to automati Not speaking about a specific devic G2.4.35, UNIT 1, Bank, Vog 11, (ILT17) NRC Q 44, KA changed 062AA2.03 E KA appears to match A character space is needed as in 23 F 2-3 B is (are)

Otherwise, appears to be o S Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Added space 025AA1.09, MOD 15 (ILT20), NRC Q 27, 025AK2.02, Unit H 2-3 M E KA appears to match For the second part, the procedure uses a capitol C for Cold legs. I think this

3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only should be capitalized also. Change to Col S Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Changed to Cold Legs 026K4.02, MOD CR 11, VOG 14 (ILT19), NRC Q 75, WE16EKK2.02, Unit 1, FUND KA appears to match Should minimum be bolded, as in other questions previously? Meets modified criteria Question for second part could be changed to ask about the scrubbing of 25 M 2 M S Iodine, the amount of time to run to get all the Iodine out which would be 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> vice the 1.5 that is there now. Not required to chang Otherwise it appears ok Tuesday, February 28, 2017 No change is necessary. Ok as was presente AK2.03, MOD 11(ILT 17) NRC Q26 same KA KA appears to match Meets Modified criteri . This question is designated as a C/A, I am not sure what was used to determine tha They have to determine what happens 26 H 2-3 M S when pressure decreases and what signal needs to do to get that correct. This is not very high. More like a memory level to m Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Made this memory ok 027K1.01, NEW, Memory, UNIT 1 27 F 2 N S KA appears to match Appears to be ok 028AK3.02, UNIT 2, NEW, C/A, KA appears to match Should the word LEVEL in the initial conditions be bolded? I would like to insure that whomever reads this does not 28 H 3 N S miss level. Ask licensee to look a . I would ask to write the first question as, As reactor power lowers, with no additional operator actions, Ask licensee to read and see if bette Otherwise appears to be o . Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Level is ok Changed the second part as requeste Reads cleane A1.03, UNIT 1, NEW, Memory KA appears to matc . Based on the information provided, the E pressure posed in the question is too high to start the exhust pump. While the pump is not required it really should NOT be started at this pressure. Are the words is 29 F 2-3 N and Is NOT the appropriate to describe what the necessary action is appropriat Discuss with licensee to see if there is a better way to write thi S Otherwise it appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Added the procedure requirement to see if they should start the syste EK2.06, MOD 14 (ILT19), NRC Q 29, 029EG2.4.34, UNIT 1 KA appears to matc . Question is a little different, on what is E

asked but as it turns out the same answer is correct. And is the same answe . Has the procedure numbers changed recently? It seems that they have and this 30 H 2-3 M procedure no longer has a C at the en Is this correct? Licensee to describ Otherwise, question appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 S EOP Changed the second part to add the annunciator that comes i . Ok as changed 035G2.4.21, UNIT 1, MOD Vog 15 (ILT20), NRC Q13, 009EA1.06, KA appears to match Question appears to meet modification requirement . Have licensee explain why 19235-1 is the 31 H 3 M S correct answer. I dont understand why it is. Please explain why it is that way?

Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Reviewed the Flow chart, ok as is

3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only 08EK1.03, NEW, UNIT 1 32 H 2-3 N S KA appears to match Appears to be o A2.03, MOD 10(ILT16), NRC Q74, G2.1.23, UNIT- . KA appears to match The question is essentially the same. The initial conditions are exactly the sam U The same numbers are being used the value calculated for identified leakage is E the sam . The difference is that the way the question is presented. That is more confusing then the new questio H 3 M The answer is the same. The answer is supposed to be the sam . Change the actual initial conditions numbers to give the same answer but has new number .

S Tuesday, February 28, 2017 This is now evaluated as a bank questio Originally it was an SRO question that was dumbed down for the RO tes .

054AK3.01, Modified VOG 11 (ILT 17) NRC Q 83 054AG2.1.7, C/A, UNIT 1 KA appears to match Only the second part of this question was used on this test. The entire ILT-17 question was on the SRO only tes . What is the convention for identifying or insuring the applicants will not miss a 34 H 2-3 M S particular emphasized word? Ask licensee, is bolding ONLY going to be used?

Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 #2 above does not make sense, have no idea what I meant on this commen . ONLY was not in the question abov EAEA2.01, Modified, UNIT 1 McGuire 2010 Q 48 KA appears to match, 35 H 2-3 M S Appears to be ok Tuesday, February 28, 2017

3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only 055K3.01, UNIT 1, MOD, VOG 08 (ILT15),NRC Q 36 KA appears to match For distractors C and D first part, why U would anyone think that there would be nothing happening? Did anyone select this answer? I would believe that the other answer raises would be better than remains the same. Discuss with license This may have to be change Changing of first part of C and D may not be an U 36 H 2-3 M Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Changed to will or will not lowe . Changed the first part to Reactor Power S vice MW output. This removes the Main Turbine condenser loss or lowering and then entry into the Loss of Condenser Vacuu . This is a better way to ask since RX power has to be evaluated vice vacuum or MW lowering . Appears to be much better question 056AA2.88, UNIT 1, MOD VOG 15(ILT20), NRC Q19 013A1.04, C/A 37 H M S KA appears to match; Meets modified requirements Appears to be o AG2.4.18 001, M/F, Unit 2 1. KA appears to partially match. Ask licensee to explain how the question covers the bases!

E 2. The question meets the modified requiremen . Otherwise appears to be o Monday, January 23, 2017 38 F 2-3 M 1. Modified VOG 15(ILT20), NRC Q 46, 063K1.03, and VOG 14(ILT19) NRC Q 39 057AK3.0 . Material states that cell reversal is the E battery damage that can occur, can the answer be changed to cell reversal for A 2 and C.2?

3. Additionally, how many individuals selected hydrogen production as a

3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only viable answer? Any over the course of the question? To me this does not make sense as a reasonable answe Discuss this with the licensee if this can be change S 4. Modified as change Tuesday, February 28, 2017 1. Changed to cell reversal as suggeste . Hydrogen build up was not selecte . OK as is 058AK3.01, Bank VOG 11, (ILT17), NRC Q 39, UNIT 1 KA appears to match Should the first statement say that the pull to run/ push to stop be pushed to the STOP position. This is really not evident what is being done. Ask license . Have the licensee show a picture of the local breaker hand switch or of the Trip Pushbutton. I want to make sure this is 39 H 2-3 M S being described properl Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Looking to change the thought of how to ask the questio . Look at the NEW question that is being developed. Mike Giles Ops Re . Developing a new questio . See TEST for new questio . Appears to be o K1.04, UNIT 1, NEW, KA appears to match Not a very high C/A level questio . The word final in both statements, should this be bolded? To insure there is no mix up in what is being asked? Ask licensee if this meets the bolding requirement . Are the periods, necessary in each of the 40 H 2 N S two bullets under current conditions?

Licensee? Should the word prior be also bolded? ASK?

Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Did bold final Yes do use periods, that is o . Question as changed is O . Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only 060AA1.01, UNIT 1, REUSE VOG14(ILT19) NRC Q 51, 071A3.03, KA appears to match 41 F B S IPC is what? Does this need to be in the question? Integrated plant compute Appears to be o A2.08, Bank VOG 11 (ILT 17) Audit, Q 43. fund KA appears to match HOW many individuals selected 535, and E if so, if they did, why did they select tha is the normal rate to fill all 4 S/Gs, I would think that if you selected this, then you dont know the normal numbers. Ask licensee to explain why this is a good number. Other than reading the blurb in the explanatio F 2-3 B Other than this appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Changed to 1260 gpm , ATWT two S pumps running 2 pumps running, 600 gpm SOP has a caution shall limit greater than 600 gpm See how the question was modified on the exam. Removed the procedure name out and put in the top of the questio K6.01, REUSE Bank VOG 15 (ILT20), NRC Q 43, UNIT 1, 43 H 3 B S KA appears to match What was the failure rate of this question?

Appears to be ok 026K1.04, UNIT 1, Bank, VOG 11 (ILT17) Audit, Q 46, KA appears to match Add a line space between the question and the beginning of the Which one of the following So the applicant can read this easie H 2-3 B S What caused the reverse power to occur?

Is this just a statement being made, how would the applicant know this occurred based on the information? Have licensee explain thi Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 To ensure the reversal is told to operator

3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only 063A4.01, UNIT 2, MOD VOG 11 (ILT17), NRC Q 46, 063K4.04, KA appears to matc Question appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 45 H 3 M S Ok as i . Add to the first question a type of failur For example an overcurrent failure occurred on the CCP B. Rather than the generic failure. See the test for the change G2.1.30, UNIT 1, MOD 14 (ILT19), AUDIT Q 28, KA appears to match Why did you use in the direction for starting the DG as an attempt, rather than 46 H 3 M S just to start the DG. I would rather have you just say start the D Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Changed as suggeste K4.10. UNIT 2, MOD, VOG LOIT 063A3.12, KA appears to match 47 H M S Appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 067AA2.13, F/M, Unit . KA appears to matc . Meets modified criteri . Appears to be o F 2 M S Tuesday, January 24, 2017 Nothing needs to be done , ok as is Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Ok as i A3.02, Unit ?, Bank, VOG 13 (ILT18), NRC Q G2.3.11, C/A KA appears to match Does ODCM need to be spelled out? In the explanation ODCM is proceeded by VGEP, is this necessary for the question 49 H 2-3 B S itself? ASK license . Does the #9 need to be added to the question? IT should be. I believ Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Added the # 9 as suggeste . Ok as i AK2.07, Unit 1, looks like. Modified VOG 13, 50 H 2-3 B S 006G2.1.30, C/A KA appears to match

3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only Should the shutdown panel be labeled as PSDA like in the previous question?

Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 SDP A was use . Ok as i K3.01, Bank, VOG 13 (ILT18), NRC Q 48 073A2.02, C/A KA appears to match 51 H 3 BM S Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 ok 076A1.02, UNIT 1, MOD VOG 15(ILT20) NRC Q 52, 076K3.01, M/F KA appears to match Meets mods requirements 52 H 3 BM S Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Bold ris . Ok as change A3.02, UNIT 1, Bank VOG 10(ILT 16) NRC Q 55 M/F, KA appears to matc . MLB is main light board, Correct?

53 F 2-3 B S Appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Monitor light bo . ok 076 AG 2.4.21, Modified, Unit 1 KA appears to match Meets modified criteria 54 F 2-3 M S Appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Changed major actions to be all caps like in the procedur AK1.02, UNIT 1, New, C/A, KA appears to match How is the indication identified in the MCR 55 H N E for MVAR (OUT)? Appears to be teaching if using both lagging and OUT? Discuss with licensee what is seen by the operators, lagging, out

3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only In the first part of the question, the stem identifies that excessive lagging causes over-excitation. This is teachin Question should be re-written to remove teaching in the ste S Needs to be fixe Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Removed the excessive lagging from the first question. This removed the teaching which is not allowe A4.01, UNIT 1, MOD 14 (ILT19) NRC Q 56 KA appears to matc H 3 M S Appears to be ok Tuesday, February 28, 2017 ok 078K2.01, Bank (IL17), Audit Q 56, C/A, unit 1 KA appears to Should the reactor have tripped?

57 H 3 B S Appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 ok 101K3.03, UNIT 2, REUSE, 2015(ILT20) NRC Q 57,memory, . KA appears to be match I believe that adding the word is after and would read better. emergency airlock door is open and IS NOT Ask licensee Reuse what they thin F 3 S Bank Why is MINIMUM not bolded in the first question? Is that not a standard that is supposed to be used in this situation? Ask licensee if this is or is not correc Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Ok as changed G2.1.26, Unit 1, MOD VOG 15 (ILT20) NRC 74 KA appears to match Is there a procedure that identifies a lower flammability limit and an upper flammability limit? Is the word lower 59 F M S necessary for the first question?

Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Added the procedure for the above informatio G2.1.40, Unit 2, Bank 13(ILT18),

60 F 2-3 B S NRC Q 30 034A2.03, KA appears to match

3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only Appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Add to the second statement that based on the current conditions See the exam for change G2.207, NEW, Unit X, M/F KA appears to match Are the examples of the second part something that plant management expects ROs to know from memory? I need to have the OPS rep insure that this is E required knowledge. It does not seem to be something I would expect to be memorized. Ask licensee how was the performance on this part of the question?

Verification of second part is important for validatio NOT RO KNOWLEDG F 2-3 N Tuesday, February 28, 2017 Objective to perform frequently performed tasks and evolutions. Less frequent than 12 month basis. Or yearly. This is something an SO, system operator, is required to know. Therefore the RO should S know thi . Ok as is Will need to change the first part to make this a is or is not required to have an IPTE Or will have is or is not conducted by line managemen G2.2.12, UNIT X, NEW, M/F, KA appears to matc E NOT sure this is RO knowledge. This depends on what the OPS rep states. If this is expected then I will accept this knowledge requiremen F 3 N Discuss with OPS and see if they feel this is RO knowledge. .

Tuesday, February 28, 2017 S This is understanding the definition of the requirements. Extentions and what to do when they are missed. SO ROs are required to kno .3.04, VOG 13 (ILT 18), NRC Q 96, G2.3.07, UNIT X

1. KA appears to matc F 3 M S 2. WHO is the Systems Operator (SO)? Is that a licensed operator?

3. meets modified

3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only Appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 SO is a non licensed operato G2.3.13, UNIT 1, Bank VOG 11(ILT 17), NRC Q 27, 028A2.02, KA appears to matc F 2-3 B S Appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 G2.3.14, Bank, VOG 11(ILT17), NRC 67, C/A, UNIT 1, KA appears to matc . IS it expected that the applicants know that RE-12116 and 12117 are Radiation monitors? The noun name I believe is 65 H 2-3 B S incomplete name? Ask licensee if need to add radiation monitor Otherwise appears to be o Tuesday, February 28, 2017 RE us radiation element. So it is always radiation instrument . The crew is required to G2.4.23, MOD, VOG 15(ILT 20), NRC Q 67,.UNIT . KA appears to match Meets modification of previous questio Has a new answe H 3 M S What is pressure doing? Increasing?

Appears to be ok Wednesday, March 01, 2017 Will add that containment pressure is stabl G2.4.29, NEW, Unit 1, M/F KA appears to match In the Given the following. Either put ALERT in all caps or in quotes Aler . Verify from OPS rep that they agree this is basic RO knowledge? Are they expected to know this from memory, or are ROs 67 F 3 N S basic Emergency Communicators? I do not believe this is newly qualified RO knowledg If OPS states this is RO knowledge then ok, if not need to replace?

Wednesday, March 01, 2017 All cap . Ok as RO knowledg . Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only G.4.43, UNIT 1, Mod 14 (ILT19) NRC G2.1.8, M/F KA appears to match E Add to the correct answer second part remote shutdown channel. So the complete answer would be 68 F 2 M sound powered telephones, remote shutdown channel, red box) to make the answer as stated in the procedur Otherwise it appears to be o S Wednesday, March 01, 2017 Changed as suggested WE04.A1.03, Unit 1, MOD VOG 11 (ILT17), NRC 71 KA appears to matc . Meets modification E/U This question basically uses the current conditions at what has happened when the action was taken place. The question is not really clear that once you take the action in question 1 then you are to 69 H M evaluate if the action took place. This is not really clear, at least in my vie . Discuss this with licensee to see if we can S make it more clear. Discuss with license Wednesday, March 01, 2017 Removed the and which results in being able to answer each separately. This fixes the concern abov WE05 EK2.01, Unit 1 MOD VOG 15(ILT20) NRC Q 38, 054AK3.04, KA appears to I thought on a Rx trip, the Rx Trip breakers E would open, and once they both open, all that had to be done was to close the Does this not in itself reset P-4? I would not think that this is cycling the Rx trip breaker. Discuss with licensee to 70 H 3 M understand how this is done. If it is as I described above, then the question needs to be change . If it is not as I described then can leave it S as i Otherwise appears to be o Wednesday, March 01, 2017 Added to the first statement, to momentarily closing the . Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only WE08EK1.01, Unit 2, Mod VOG15(ILT20) NRC Q 69 WE03EA2.02, and VOG LOCT bank LO-LP-37071-04 MCS 003 KA appears to match Meets modified requirements The original question is harder than this one. This is more memorization than C/ Will allow the C/A designator but has 71 H 2-3 M S mostly memorization that is used to answer the questio Otherwise appears to be ok Wednesday, March 01, 2017 Have to remember that they cannot change temperatur . Maintains it is still C/A Bold the maximum in the second questio WE10EKEK2.02, NEW, Unit 1, KA appears to match What was the results of distractors A and E/U B? Did anyone select A or B? I would think NOT. Not sure that 220 is a reasonable temperature to us . Is the second part of the question 72 H 2-3 N reasonable for an RO applicant? Can 220 be argued that it is below 350 and therefore a potential correct answer?

Discuss with license S Wednesday, March 01, 2017 RO is required to know, notes and precautions and limitation . Changed to 250 vice 22 WE11EG2.4.06, UNIT 1, MOD VOG 14(ILT19) NRC Q 74, WE11G2.1.25, and VOG 11 (ILT17) NRC Q 74 KA appears to match If both containment spray pumps are running, should the pressure be going down in the containment? The stem has 73 H 3 M S pressure steady at 23 psig should it be going down?

Otherwise appears to be o Wednesday, March 01, 2017 This is done specifically to have a steady pressure so that the applicant uses it in the table he has to us . Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only WE12G2.1.32, Unit 1, C/A, MOD VOG 15 (ILT20)

NRC Q 72, WE12EG2.4.20, KA appears to match E How did this question validate? I would think that this information may not be RO knowledge. Is this ok knowledge for ROs to know?

74 H 3 M Is the RO expected to know RNOs of each major step in the procedure, this case step 4 RN . Ask OPS rep to insure this is expected S knowledge, even though this is a KA Wednesday, March 01, 2017 Yes RO knowledg . Bolded minimu WE15EK3.01, Unit 1, Bank, Harris 2008, Audit WE15EK1.2 and Vogtle ILT15R, Audit WE15G2.4.11 KA appears to match U Do not agree with analysis of second part for A or C distractors. Post LOCA-reactivity transient. What is a post LOCA reactivity transient? This does not make sense to me. Replace with something els . Put this question in two column format like in the previous questio C 3 B Monday, January 30, 2017 Appears to be changed and appears to be o S Wednesday, March 01, 2017 Bolded primar SRO ONLY

3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only 024AA2.04, Unit 1, REUSE Vogtle 2014 (ILT19)

NRC Question 96 G2.2.25, M/F Bank KA appears to match In the RWST parameters, add the degree symbol or add the word degree . Is it necessary in the Given conditions that the Emergency boration is in progress?

This should be evident based on the conditions provided. I would not provide this, I would suggest removal of this line, I think it provides teaching. Discuss with license . Add the degree symbol in 47° F F E The use of bolding in the second part of the question is different than in the pas Normally not used to identify accident Ask licensee the convention. It appears to be ok but make sure consisten . Why in this question was the second part for distractors C and D changed to something else, other than the original question. This is different. Almost a 76 2-3 B modified questio . The bolding in distractor a and c is not the same for the same accident. This should be consistent. Need to look at and make the sam . Appears to meet SRO level requirement Monday, January 30, 2017 004G2.1.23, Unit 1, REUSE 2015, (ILT20) NRC Question 3, M/F KA appears to match Should the applicants know that if there F S was a loss of all AC power, then no RCPs are running? Is this necessary to be told to the applicants First question is system knowledge of how the system work . Second question procedural knowledge appears to be o Appears to be o Feb 27, ok as is, do not change the RCP are not running. OK as i . Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only 062AA2.06, Unit1, Modified Vogtle 2013 (ILT18),

Higher KA appears to match Appears to be SRO level 3. Add the degree symbol where it is E necessary. ° How does this question NOT provide a key B/ to implicating that level is the answer in the previous question\? The incorrect answer for the second part, I would suggest that you use 10CFR20 77 H 3 limits as a plausible incorrect answe . Otherwise appears to be o Monday, January 30, 2017 003AG2.4.41, UNIT1, Modified 11(ILT 17) NRC 76, M

001AA2.03, KA appears to matc S References provided appear to be ok. Will they be the normal size? Should be bigger than these because you cannot read these to answer the questio . Appears to be o Feb 2/28 OK as is they will have 065AG2.1.07. Unit 2, BANK Vogtle 2013 (ILT18)

NRC Question 89 065AA2.05, Memory 1. KA appears to matc . Appears to be SRO based on the second part. But does not appear to be that challengin . Otherwise appears to be o Monday, January 30, 2017 007EG2.4.31, UNIT 2, MOD, VOG15 (ILT20) NRC Q 05, 007EA2.06 KA appears to matc . The second part is kind of trivial and RO 78 F 2-3 B S knowledge. When I first read the question I didnt read the BYB A breake . There is NO place in the question that explains what BYB is. IS this necessary to insure the applicants do not have to as . It is not clear from the question what procedure you are in at the time of asking the questions. I originally thought that they were in E-0 then had already transitioned to FR- . Have licensee discuss the way this question is supposed to flo May be ok as i . Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only Monday, February 27, 2017 Appears to be o A2.04, MOD13 (ILT18), NRC Q 87, 062G2.2.44, H, UNIT . KA appears to match During review with licensee, would like to see a one line diagram to understand how these busses are connected to each othe . First part of the question is RO knowledg Second part is SRO use of TS procedur H 2-3 MOD S TS in question is 3.8.9, provided TS 3. Was this a mistake? Is it necessary to add ESF sequencer to Train A in the first question? Yes is necessary. Leave this in the questio Otherwise appears to be o Monday, February 27, 2017 No references provide AA2.10, NEW, C/A 1. KA appears to match 2. At time 1005, there is a statement that says, the ACCW supply line to RCP #1 becomes blocked. HOW has this been determined? Is there an annunciator that tells the crew this? Or is it determined from the two ALB04-A03 and ALB04-04 annunciators this is 80 H 2-3 New S determined? Remove the first statement about the ACCW supply line to RCP # 1. Discuss with license . So NCP is the charging pump. Should this state that the running NCP trips?

The ONLY NCP?

Otherwise appears to be ok

.Monday, February 27, 2017 1. Ok as is .

015G2.4.47, MOD 14 (ILT19) NRC Q 77, C/A 001G.2.1.19 KA appears to match I would like licensee to show me how to do 81 H 3 M S this calculatio Otherwise appears to be ok Monday, February 27, 2017 Ok as is 024AA2.04, Unit 2, MOD 14 (ILT19), NRC Q 96 82 F 3 M S G2.2.25, M/F

3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only KA appears to match Is it expected that SRO applicants are expected to know from memory level and temperature of RWST and what their TS values are? Ask the OPS rep to see if they agre Otherwise appears to be ok Monday, February 27, 2017 States yes this is something SRO is expected to know from memor . Appears to be o A2.02, Unit 1, MOD 08 (ILT15) NRC Q 84, c/a KA appears to match References are ok to us . Capitalize ALERT in the questio . In the question before, the use of word 83 H M S REFERENCE vice REFERENCES is used. Is there a difference to the site? IF not, lets discuss this some tim Appears to be ok Monday, February 27, 2017 Did capitalize ALER AA2.04, MOD VOG 14 (ILT 19) NRC Q 83, 025AG2.4.30, UNIT 2, C/A KA appears to match Capitalize ALERT E Not sure why distractor with 1215 is that plausible. I think it would be better to have it 1120 from the time of the start of the 84 H 2-3 M scenario or 1125 or 1115. Discuss with license . What was the validation of the question?

How did the evaluators do?

S Monday, February 27, 2017 Changed to 112 . Ok as changed 029EG2.2.38, UNIT 1, M/F, Bank VOG 13 (ILT18)

NRC Q 83, 029EG2.4.18, KA appears to match ON step 20 of the procedure, it asks if 85 F 2-3 M E/S temp is less than 1200, the answer is no, 1208, but then the RNO asks if temp is greater than 1200 and rising. IT is still 1208 but it is lowering, but how long will

3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only the applicant be expected to determine that temperature is going down? I am not sure if the way this is going to work during the exam. I think that there could be two answers. Discuss with licensee How did this validate?

S Monday, February 27, 2017 Do not have 2 answers, my mis-understanding of the way the procedure step was interprete . Ok as is and should not have been an E/ should have just been an A2.03, UNIT 1, REUSE VOG 14 (ILT 19) NRC Q 87, C/A KA appears to match RMWST, RWST, I passed right over that 86 H 3 B Re-use S in the two choice Appears to be o Monday, February 27, 2017 Repeat from the last two test AA2.08, UNIT 1, MOD VOG 14(ILT19) NRC Q 30, 033AG2.2.44, C/A KA appears to match Why is it necessary to state that N35 FAILS low, Why can it just be said it is full scale low, or below the full scale. I dont care for using failed lo . How did this question validate? In the stem of the question, what is the 87 H 3 M S value of the Nis is it 3 E (-) 5, is there a minus sign there? When at the site, ask licensee to explain the mechanism for evaluating the logic diagram with the red explanation block Otherwise appears to be o Monday, February 27, 2017 Pegged low vice fails lo . Bypass light permissiv K5.03, UNIT 1, MOD VOG10 (ILT16) NRC Q 95, G2.1.44, 88 H 3 M S KA appears to match Appears to be o A2.03, UNIT 2, Reference MOD VOG15 (O:T 20)

NRC Q, 88 89 H 3 M S KA appears to matches Appears to be o . Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only 062AA2.06, UNIT 1, MOD VOG 13 (ILRT18), NRC Q 84, 034A1.02, KA appears to matc . The original question talks about the annunciator alarming in the MCR. IS this necessary for this and other questions?

Ask license . In order to make 10CFR20 more plausible I would think that a site boundary value of within the thyroid valve for radiation in the 90 H 2-3 M S stem of the question would make this more reasonable. I believe there is a 5 rem to thyroid this would make the part 20 value more reasonable to trip an applicant on. Discuss with license Otherwise appears to be o Monday, February 27, 2017 Ok as is, do not change thi . There was a mistake of where this question from the original 10 question They changed to 10CFR 2 G2.2.22, UNIT 1, MOD VOG 15(ILT20), NRC Q 90, 064A2.21, M/F KA appears to matc . What procedure is the SRO determining Inoperable? Should this be TS put in there so that , if another procedure comes about then we can ensure that we are just E/U speaking to the TS. No other procedur Discuss with license . ASK the OPS rep if this question is reasonable to answer without the procedure? This is greater than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />, 91 F why would the applicant be expected to know from memory? Discuss with licensee. Is this reasonable? I do not believe it i Monday, February 27, 2017 No reference . OPS rep states should be expected to know this from memory S Remove the word IN, This does not work for the 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> and 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />. Could use the NOT a U to begin with. I thought that the hours were not required but they ar . Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only 965AG2.1.07, UNIT 2, M/F, Bank VOG 13 (ILT18),

NRC Q 89 065AA2.05 KA appears to match The only change that I would make is to use demineralized vice demin. Demin is 92 F 2-3 B S not used in the procedure reference provide Otherwise appears to be o Monday, February 27, 2017 Changed as requeste . Ok as is 074EG2.1.20, UNIT 2, Bank, VOG 13 (ILT18), NRC Q 80, 011EA2.07, C/A 93 H 3 B S KA appears to match Appears to be o G2.1.34, NEW, UNIT 1, M/F KA appears to Match Should the type of SGTR be used, the design basis tube rupture? Will all SGTRs be 94 F 3 N S Appears to be o Monday, February 27, 2017 Looks like this does not matter. Per the TS this does not matte . Ok as i G 2.1.45, Unit 1, MODIFIED Vogtle 2015 (ILT20)

NRC Question 86 040AG2.2.4 . KA appears to match 2. Appears to be SRO in second part. First part is R . Add commas in the ALB01-06, IS it true that there will only be the data sheet?

5. Are SRO applicants expected to know the 95 F M S TS less than or equal to 120 deg F? the averag . Should the words unidentified leak be bolded in the stem of the question?

Seems it should be 7. Otherwise appears to be o Monday, February 27, 2017 TS has unidentified leak as in all CAP Will just bold as suggeste . Ok as change G2.2.23, Unit 1, NEW, C/A, 96 H 3 N S KA appears to matc . Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only Appears to be SRO level Tech Spec 3.5.2, page 3.5.2-1, Amendment No. 176, is this the ONLY reference, correct!

4. Should maximum be bolded in the first question? Consistency!

5. Answer analysis for A , third sentence, misspelled word, Comeplets Same word in distractor C analysis, third sentenc . I would suggest that the word FIRST be placed in the following area fill in blank must FIRST Look at question to see what this mean . Otherwise appears to be o Thursday, February 02, 2017 1. Looking at the above suggestions 2. Is it reasonable that the only reference provided is sufficient? Need to make sure this is correc Monday, February 27, 2017 1. Maximum bolded 2. Fixed the FIRST as suggested. Must first b G2.2.37, UNIT 1, MOD VOG 15 (ILT20), NRC Q 76, 002G2.2.37, KA appears to matc . For some reason, I do not like the 50 degree value. Not sure why but I dont E think there is a good number that is plausible. IS there some other value that can be use F 2-3 X M How did this validate on those who took the question, what did they say why they didnt or did pick the 50 deg F. 75 percent, others did pick 50 Discuss with license S Monday, February 27, 2017 This 50 is an ok value. Ok with i . Appears to be o . 50 is starting RCP G2.3.12, Bank VOG 11 (ILT 17), NRC Q 90 103A2.02, UNIT 1n M/F 98 F 3 B S KA appears to match Is the word OFF capitalized for the breaker position? Ask licensee to verif . Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other .

6. Source 7. Status Q LOK LOD SR 8. Explanation Stem Cre Job- #/ Back Q- (B/ M / N) (U /E /S)

(F/H) (1-5) Cues T/F Partial Minutia O Focus Dist Link Units ward K/A Only Otherwise appears to be ok Monday, February 27, 2017 G2.3.15, UNIT 1, MOD VOG 14(ILT19), NRC Q 66 and VOG 15 (ILT20), Audit Question 84 055G2.1.19, C/A KA appears to match Add comma between annunciator name and positio H 3 M S RE-724, what is the exact noun name?

is it as it is?

Otherwise appears to be o Monday, February 27, 2017 Changed to Steam line rad, but not Nitrogen 16 Ok G2.4.21, UNIT 1, Bank VOG 10(ILTR) NRC Q 83, 026A2.03, C/A KA appears to match WHY is it necessary to state that containment spray pumps are NOT E running, why do you not just us a pressure that these should not be on ye . What pressure does the Containment spray pump automatically start? It looks 100 H 2-3 like it should not have stopped? Was this pump stopped manually? Appears to be ok but do not understand how the CS pumps are NOT runnin Monday, February 27, 2017 S .5 containment spray pump actuatio . Need to tell them no pumps are runnin To get the crew on the correct spo . Should have been a S no E requiremen ES401 V G20179 Partial Written Examination Review Worksheet Form ES4019 Instructions

[Refer to Section D of ES-401 and Appendix B for additional information regarding each of the following concepts.]

1. Enter the level of knowledge (LOK) of each question as either (F)undamental or (H)igher cognitive level.

2. Enter the level of difficulty (LOD) of each question using a 1 to 5 (easy to difficult) rating scale (questions in the 2 to 4 range are acceptable).

3. Check the appropriate box if a psychometric flaw is identified:

a. The stem lacks sufficient focus to elicit the correct answer (e.g., unclear intent, more information is needed, or too much needless information).

b. The stem or distractors contain cues (i.e., clues, specific determiners, phrasing, length, etc).

c. The answer choices are a collection of unrelated true/false statement d. The distractors are not credible; single implausible distractors should be repaired, more than one is unacceptabl e. One or more distractors is (are) partially correct (e.g., if the applicant can make unstated assumptions that are not contradicted by stem).

4. Check the appropriate box if a job content error is identified:

a. The question is not linked to the job requirements (i.e., the question has a valid K/A but, as written, is not operational in content).

b. The question requires the recall of knowledge that is too specific for the closed reference test mode (i.e., it is not required to be known from memory).

c. The question contains data with an unrealistic level of accuracy or inconsistent units (e.g., panel meter in percent with question in gallons).

d. The question requires reverse logic or application compared to the job requirements.

5. Check questions that are sampled for conformance with the approved K/A and those that are designated SRO-only (K/A and license level mismatches are unacceptable).

6. Enter question source: (B)ank, (M)odified, or (N)ew. Check that (M)odified questions meet criteria of ES-401 Section D.2.f.

7. Based on the reviewer's judgment, is the question as written (U)nsatisfactory (requiring repair or replacement), in need of (E)ditorial enhancement, or (S)atisfactory?

Place the answer letter here Place the 55.41 or 55.43 item here 8. At a minimum, explain any Unsat ratings (e.g., how the Appendix B psychometric attributes are not being met).

1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR 8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation General Comments: Questions 1-45 were addressed on VG-2017-5 ES 401-9 1 H 3 M S D 4 Administered 5/25/2017 2 H 2 M S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 3 H 3 N S A 4 Administered 5/25/2017 4 H 2 M S A 4 Administered 5/25/2017 5 H 3 B S D 4 Administered 5/25/2017 6 F 2 N S D 4 Administered 5/25/2017 7 H 2 B S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 8 F 3 B S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 9 H 3 B S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 10 F 2 N S C 4 Administered 5/25/2017 11 F 3 M S C 4 Administered 5/25/2017 12 H 2 M S D 41.7 Administered 5/25/2017 13 H 3 M S A 41.10 Administered 5/25/2017

ES401 V G20179 Partial Written Examination Review Worksheet Form ES4019 1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR 8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation 14 F 3 B S B 41.10 Administered 5/25/2017 15 F 2 B S A 4 Administered 5/25/2017 16 H 3 N S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 17 H 2 M S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 18 H 3 B S C 4 Administered 5/25/2017 19 H 2 B S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 20 F 2 N S A 4 Administered 5/25/2017 21 H 3 M S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 22 F 2 N S C 4 Administered 5/25/2017 23 F 3 B S D 41.10 Administered 5/25/2017 24 H 3 M S D 4 Administered 5/25/2017 25 F 2 M S C 4 Administered 5/25/2017 26 H 2 M S A 4 Administered 5/25/2017 27 F 2 M S C 4 Administered 5/25/2017 28 H 3 N S A 4 Administered 5/25/2017 29 F 2 N S C 4 Administered 5/25/2017 30 H 3 M S D 4 Administered 5/25/2017 31 H 3 M S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 32 H 2 N S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 33 H 3 M S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 34 H 2 M S B 41.10 Administered 5/25/2017 35 H 3 M S C 4 Administered 5/25/2017 36 H 2 M S A 4 Administered 5/25/2017 37 H 2 M S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 38 F 2 M S C 41.10 Administered 5/25/2017 39 H 3 M S D 4 Administered 5/25/2017 40 H 2 N S D 4 Administered 5/25/2017 41 F 2 B S B 4 Administered 5/25/2017 42 F 3 B S A 4 Administered 5/25/2017 43 H 3 B S C 4 Administered 5/25/2017 44 H 2 B S C 4 Administered 5/25/2017 45 H 3 M S D 4 Administered 5/25/2017 46 F 2 B S D 41.2 47 H 2 M S B 41.10

ES401 V G20179 Partial Written Examination Review Worksheet Form ES4019 1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR 8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation 48 H 3 M S B 4 NRC 2015, does not meet the requiremets to be modified.

49 F 2 B S C 4 /21/2017- SAT as a bank question 8/21/2017 Changed from 10% TO 50 F 3 M S C 4 % IN STEM still sat Listed this as an edit because of licnese level. The applicant is required to determine operability of a load sequiencer. Normally 51 H 3 M E/S C 4 this is an SRO level activit Please explain why this is an acceptable RO level questio /21/2017 - modifeid to remove the operability issue SAT 52 F 2 M S B 4 NRC 2015, in my opinion this barely meets the modification criteria, bsically reworded the same question with knowing the name of the power supply vice if it has power, if you know the bank question you know the modified 53 H 3 N S D 4 question. Really pushing the overlap of previous 2 exams 8/21/2017 Changed second half of question to ask power suppply of another group of heaters/ the first half question was already changed to be new material recatagorized as a new question 54 H 2 M S B 41.7 55 H 3 B S A 41.7 56 H 2 M S C 41.5 57 F 2 M S D 41.10 58 F 2 M S D 41.7 59 H 2 N S A 4 ES401 V G20179 Partial Written Examination Review Worksheet Form ES4019 1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR 8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation Does not meet the modification criteria so it is a bank question, 60 F 2 B E A 41.12 8/21/2017 - Sat as a bank question Change the stem to "A valve in containment requires independent verification for a syatem line-up" 61 F 2 M E C 41.10 8/21/2017 Changed distractror B to make more credible and did other changes as discussed now SAT Does not meet the modification 62 F 2 B E/S B 41.13 criteria so it is a bank question 8/21/2017 - Bank SAT Bold separately in the stem to make consistant and avoid 63 F 2 M E/S A 41.10 confusio /21/2017 did the BOLD now SAT 64 F 3 M S D 41.10 65 H 2 M S B 41.12 UNSAT Second half of the question is a direct looku LOD=1. Consider writing a question that is not 2X2 dealing 66 H 1 N U/S B 41.12 with access to a Locked High Rad area, give a list of requirements and ask which has all correct requirements 8/17/2017 Modified the question removed reference and is NOw SAT

ES401 V G20179 Partial Written Examination Review Worksheet Form ES4019 1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR 8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation NRC 2015, Change distractors B and D for 'promote thremal stratification' to Minimize RCS-to-Seconday leakage. I believe that this is a more credible distractor as in the overall midagation 67 H 2 M E/S C 4 stratigy you attempt to match the ruptured SG pressure to the RCS by controlling RCS pressure not SG pressure 8/21/2017- modified to suggested now SAT 68 F 2 B S A 4 Please tell me why this is not just trivial knowledge and how this is RO level knowledge? Knowing the panel that each attachment belongs to.

69 F 3 B E/S B 4 /21/2017 -modified to not require knowing what attachment is needed but still need to know whare they are going to need to go to. Now the question is SAT 70 H 3 M S D 41.10 Directing to check RCS subcooling for leak isolation is not the most credible distractor an enhancement would be to ask if they are directed to check pressurizer pressure. or wide range RCS pressure. Normally if 71 F 2 B E B 4 it was not pegged low as in this case pzr pressure would be a valid indicator of leak isolatio and w/r pressure is all that is availabl /21/2017

- Modified and is Now SAT

ES401 V G20179 Partial Written Examination Review Worksheet Form ES4019 1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR 8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation this is detailed procedure knowledge, bordering on SRO level knowledge of specific steps and transitions beyond basic mitagation stratigy. Please provide to me why you believe that this is appropriate for an RO 72 F 3 M E/S A 41.10 level exam questio /21/2017 Modified to make more in line with RO level and over mitigation stratigy also modified the order and verified that there was only one correcdt answer per the procedure, Now SAT Again this is detailed procedural knowledge more like an SRO level question, Please let me H 3 N E/S A 4 know why this is appropriate for

an R /21/2017 - Modified to make more RO level, Now SAT RO level? See above 74 H 3 B E/S D 4 /21/2017 Modified to reflect RO level of knowledge. Now SAT Reference, Why would someone use the 220 gpm value based on using the incorrect time when the handout says in big bold print time since TRIP. I may need you to explain this question to me. I keep getting hung up jumping to 75 H 3 M E/S C 4 Loss of Emergency Coolant Recisculatio /21/2017, modified to ensure that distractors are correct and will not be contested. also added large break to the stem. Now SAT

ES401 V G20179 Partial Written Examination Review Worksheet Form ES4019 1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR 8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation Unsat The second half of the question (the part that addresses the K/A) is a direct lookup with the reference provided. This makes the second half of the question LOD = 1, The first half of the question is not SRO only knowledge because the term leakage is above the line TS information in TS 3.4.13 and the definition would need to be known to be able to diffrentiate between 76 H 2 X M U/S B 4 RO and SRO knowledge. The question may be ok if there was no reference provide Remember that if a reference is provided there must be something more that the qpplicant needs to know that is not in the reference to keep it from becoming a direct lookup Reference 8/21/2017 - Reference removed leak rate increased to 31 gpm now SAT 77 H 2 M S C 4 Changing the power level from 7 to 90 % does not meet the Modified criteria Question is a Bank, Only changing the Modified 78 H 3 B E/S C 4 to Bank then SAT 2014 Audit 8/21/2017 - it does make the question modified question now SAT

ES401 V G20179 Partial Written Examination Review Worksheet Form ES4019 1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR 8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation Change the stem from "the reactor will NOT trip from the control room" to "Tripping the Reactor using both Reactor trip handswitches was unsuccessful" Also change per NMP-19211- To per NMP 19211-1 the next procedureal method to attempt to TRIP the reactor is to ______,

Then the first half of the distractor can be to Emergency Borate and the second half would be to Open 79 M U/S D 4 the MG set output breakers. The EAL call is window dressing onl because you provied the reference it is direct lookup. the first part i believe meets the SRO only portion so if there are 3 good distractors like Borate, Input Breaker from control room, Input breaker locally and output breaker locally it may work. Reference 8/21/2017 Modification made as requested. Now Sat 80 H 3 M S D 4 Reference Reference, 1st half of the question is RO level knowledge 81 H 2 N S B 4 while the second half is SRO level so the question is Sat 8/21/2017 - SAT 82 H 3 M S B 4 NRC 2017, This question is UNSAT because the question is being asked in its premodified form on the applicants exam. The applicant hat the unmodified form 83 H 1 M U/S B 4 of this question on his RO exa Question 38 8/21/2017 - New question now SAT

ES401 V G20179 Partial Written Examination Review Worksheet Form ES4019 1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR 8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation 84 H 2 B S D 4 NRC 2014 85 H 2 B S D 43.5 86 H 2 N S C 4 Does not meet the modification criteria so it is a bank question, SRO justification for the first half of the question is RO not SRO knowledge, the times to trip the breakers are interlocks and are probably within the RO level of knowledge. For the second half you are telling the applicant that you will trip the reactor, initiate or go to are in this case the same thing so in all answers tripping the 87 H 3 X B E/S C 4 reactor will occur the KA is to determine if and when you need to trip the reactor so we are not meeting the K/A. because the question was perviously approved on an NRC exam the question was graded as an enhancement but will require significant modification to meet the K/A 8/21/2017 - Modified to meet the K/A Now SAT BOLD seperately in the ste Above the line LCO information to derermine if the LCO is met. RO 88 H 3 M E/S D 4 knowledge for the first half of the question. The second half meets the Sro only criteri /21/2017- Corrected now SAT

ES401 V G20179 Partial Written Examination Review Worksheet Form ES4019 1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR 8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation Reference, Distractors with the loss of all AC are not credible no release with a loss of all A Change Distractor to lagree break 89 H 2 X M E/S A 4 Loss of Coolant accident and it will be plasuable enough 8/21/2017 - Changed as requested Now SAT 90 H 3 M S C 43.5 91 F 2 M S D 4 this is the third recycle of this question in three exams, if possible try to replace it with a not so used question. Also the first part is RO level knowledge (less than one hour TS) Generic H 2 X M U/S A 4 questions are not ment to be

system specific so the K/A does not matc /21/2017 - Swapped out to a new question. Modified Question from 2014 exam. Question is now SAT Need the original question to determine the Modification criteria. Without this I am 93 H 3 M S D 4 counting it as a bank question 8/21/2017 - SAT Question provided

ES401 V G20179 Partial Written Examination Review Worksheet Form ES4019 1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR 8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation With the reference provide it is direct lookup for the EAL cal What other EAL call could be made from the information given?

This makes it LOD = 1, the ability to monitor the ARV temperatures is RO level knoweledg H 1 X N E/S A 4 /21/2017 - Removed all

unneccessary references, only giving the applicable one for the loss of annunciatior portio remains SRO only as you hvae to interpert plant conditions to determine if the note in the reference is applicable 95 F 2 B S A 43.5 96 H 3 B S A 4 Give some data to let the applicant figure out if you have adverse conditions and then make the answers NR > 30% and NR> 9%, Change the second half of the question to read "Based on current plant conditions, the next procedure the Shift Supervisor is 97 H 3 B E/S D 4 required to transition to is______"

then make the choises 19010-1 and 19011-1 you can either put the noun names at the top of the question or in the distractors up to yo /21/2017 - Modified to the what was suggested. now SAT

ES401 V G20179 Partial Written Examination Review Worksheet Form ES4019 1. LOK 2. LOD 3. Psychometric Flaws 4. Job Content Flaws 5. Other 6 7 Ans Lette CFR 8 Q# (F/H) (1-5) stem focus cueing T/F cred dist partial job link minutia # / unitsback-war K/A SRO-only B/M/N U/E/S A/B/C/D5.41x55.43 Explanation Under the procedure title as follows: put the 19421-2 there as well then just say it is in progress for consistancy. Change the stem of the question to "unlatch the slave realys using guidance in 98 H M E/S B 4 ____(2)____." then just have the two procedure names as the distractors, get rid of an Attachmen /21/2017 - changed to suggested Now Sat NRC 2015, Bold seperatly to ensure there is no confusio Also the first half tof the question reword to " Per 19232-1 one of the described methods to lower SG # 2 is to _______" then the distractors would be "Dump Steam to the TDEFW pump, Open MSIV and utlize the Turbine Bypass Valves" also I would like 99 F 3 M E/S A 4 to discuss changing the distractor from rapid SG pressure drop to damage to the isolation valve due to water flo /21/2017-second half could not be changed because damage to valves is listed in basis, first half was changed as suggested. NOW SAT above 32 percent is not the same as 32 % so with all narrow range levels at 32% with adverce containment. And did the 32%

change to 30%?Based on this 100 H 2 X M S C 4 information you have a yellow path for 19235-2 right? This would lead to two correct answer /21/2017- my confusion SAT

ES-403 Written Examination Grading Form ES-403-1 Quality Checklist

.723/ZoI7 Facility:

%% / ( Date of Exam: Exam Level: RO ESRO tE Item Description-i Wa nte Initials a b c Clean answer sheets copied before grading

/i AM - Answer key changes and question deletions justified and documented Applicants scores checked for addition errors (reviewers spot check> 25% of examinations) ,%p p,4 Grading for all borderline cases (80 +/-2% overall and 70 or 80, as applicable, +/-4% on the SRO-only) reviewed in detail ,49 All other failing examinations checked to ensure that grades are justified 49 ,t Performance on missed questions checked for training deficiencies and wording problems; evaluate validity of questions missed by half or more of the applicants F Date Printed Name/Signature Grader ch/i 7 Facility Reviewer(*) NRC Chief Examiner (*) I-l.c.A&1 /<nrat4 NRC Supervisor (*)

(i q (*) The facility reviewers signature is not applicable for examinations graded by the NRC; two independent NRC reviews are require ES-403, Page 6 of 6

ES-403 Written Examination Grading Form ES-403-1 Quality Checklist Facility: Date of Exam: Exam Level: RO El SRO x Vogtle Electric Generating Station 9/7/2017 Item Description Initials a b c Clean answer sheets copied before grading N/A Answer key changes and question deletions justified and N/A

/

documented Applicants scores checked for addition errors N/A (reviewers spot check > 25% of examinations) Grading for all borderline cases (80 +/-2% overall and 70 or 80, N/A as applicable, +/-4% on the SRO-only) reviewed in detail All other failing examinations checked to ensure that grades N/A j

are justified ,q

/ Performance on missed questions checked for training N/A deficiencies and wording problems; evaluate validity of JPc questions missed by half or mote of the applicants /

Date Printed Name/Signature a. Grader Jason Bundy/ 9/27

///

b. Facility Reviewer(*) N/A NRC Chief Examiner (*) Michael Kennard/ _-/  %/&/7 NRC Supeisor (*) Eugene Guthrie/

(*) The facility reviewers signature is not applicable for examinations graded by the NRC; two independent NRC reviews are required.

Retrieved from "https://kanterella.com/w/index.php?title=IR_05000424/2017301&oldid=1947580"